Mercurial > vim
annotate src/screen.c @ 6929:e55929fca0cf v7.4.783
patch 7.4.783
Problem: copy_chars() and copy_spaces() are inefficient.
Solution: Use memset() instead. (Dominique Pelle)
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 17 Jul 2015 13:22:51 +0200 |
parents | 8730db0c187b |
children | 1efa7c2b9368 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen | |
12 * | |
13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized | |
14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts | |
15 * that changed. | |
16 * | |
17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently | |
18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). | |
19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. | |
20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] | |
21 * for each line. | |
22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. | |
23 * | |
24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form | |
25 * one character which occupies two display cells. | |
26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in | |
27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII | |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and |
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display |
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. |
714 | 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. |
7 | 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the |
34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). | |
35 * | |
36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating | |
37 * ScreenLines[]. | |
38 * | |
39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. | |
40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be | |
1213 | 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. |
7 | 42 * |
43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: | |
44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) | |
5946 | 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) |
7 | 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), |
47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) | |
48 * | |
49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take | |
50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is | |
51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. | |
52 * | |
53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call | |
54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and | |
55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() | |
56 * later. | |
57 * | |
58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or | |
59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating | |
60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each | |
61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change | |
62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for | |
63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. | |
64 * | |
65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or | |
66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold | |
67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window | |
68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
69 * | |
70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') | |
71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the | |
72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
73 * | |
743 | 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call |
75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling | |
76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not | |
77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. | |
78 * | |
7 | 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). |
80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. | |
81 * | |
82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call | |
83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). | |
84 * | |
85 * Things that are handled indirectly: | |
86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and | |
87 * update_screen() called to redraw. | |
88 */ | |
89 | |
90 #include "vim.h" | |
91 | |
3586 | 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character |
93 * doesn't fit. */ | |
94 | |
7 | 95 /* |
96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. | |
97 */ | |
98 static int screen_attr = 0; | |
99 | |
100 /* | |
101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. | |
102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). | |
103 */ | |
104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ | |
105 | |
106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ | |
108 #endif | |
109 | |
110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ | |
6553 | 112 static int compute_foldcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp, int col)); |
7 | 113 #endif |
114 | |
115 /* | |
116 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). | |
117 */ | |
118 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; | |
119 | |
120 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
534 | 121 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); |
7 | 122 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
123 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); | |
124 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); | |
125 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); | |
126 #endif | |
625 | 127 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); |
7 | 128 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); |
129 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
130 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); | |
131 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) | |
132 #else | |
133 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); | |
134 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) | |
135 #endif | |
136 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
137 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); | |
138 #endif | |
680 | 139 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
1983 | 140 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
680 | 141 #endif |
7 | 142 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
5985 | 143 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 |
7 | 144 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); |
145 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); | |
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
146 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
7 | 147 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); |
5979 | 148 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur)); |
149 static int next_search_hl_pos __ARGS((match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol)); | |
7 | 150 #endif |
151 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); | |
152 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
154 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
155 #endif | |
156 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); | |
157 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
158 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
159 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
160 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); | |
161 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); | |
162 #endif | |
163 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); | |
164 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
165 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); | |
667 | 166 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
677 | 167 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); |
667 | 168 #endif |
7 | 169 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
170 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); | |
171 #endif | |
172 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
173 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); | |
174 #endif | |
175 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
574 | 176 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); |
7 | 177 #endif |
178 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
179 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); | |
180 #endif | |
181 | |
182 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
183 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ | |
184 static int screen_char_attr = 0; | |
185 #endif | |
186 | |
187 /* | |
188 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). | |
189 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. | |
190 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. | |
191 */ | |
192 void | |
193 redraw_later(type) | |
194 int type; | |
195 { | |
196 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); | |
197 } | |
198 | |
199 void | |
200 redraw_win_later(wp, type) | |
201 win_T *wp; | |
202 int type; | |
203 { | |
204 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
205 { | |
206 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
207 if (type >= NOT_VALID) | |
208 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
209 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ | |
210 must_redraw = type; | |
211 } | |
212 } | |
213 | |
214 /* | |
215 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used | |
216 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. | |
217 */ | |
218 void | |
219 redraw_later_clear() | |
220 { | |
221 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
826 | 222 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
223 if (gui.in_use) | |
224 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in | |
225 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ | |
226 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; | |
227 else | |
228 #endif | |
229 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ | |
230 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; | |
7 | 231 } |
232 | |
233 /* | |
234 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. | |
235 */ | |
236 void | |
237 redraw_all_later(type) | |
238 int type; | |
239 { | |
240 win_T *wp; | |
241 | |
242 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
243 { | |
244 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
245 } | |
246 } | |
247 | |
248 /* | |
301 | 249 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. |
7 | 250 */ |
251 void | |
252 redraw_curbuf_later(type) | |
253 int type; | |
254 { | |
255 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); | |
256 } | |
257 | |
258 void | |
259 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) | |
260 buf_T *buf; | |
261 int type; | |
262 { | |
263 win_T *wp; | |
264 | |
265 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
266 { | |
267 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
268 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
269 } | |
270 } | |
271 | |
272 /* | |
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
273 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
274 * right away and restore what was on the command line. |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
275 * Return a code indicating what happened. |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
276 */ |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
277 int |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
278 redraw_asap(type) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
279 int type; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
280 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
281 int rows; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
282 int r; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
283 int ret = 0; |
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
284 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ |
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
285 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ |
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
286 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
287 int i; |
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
288 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ |
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
289 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ |
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
290 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ |
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
291 #endif |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
292 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
293 redraw_later(type); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
294 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY)) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
295 return ret; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
296 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
297 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
298 rows = Rows - cmdline_row; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
299 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
300 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
301 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
302 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
303 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
304 ret = 2; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
305 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
306 if (enc_utf8) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
307 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
308 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
309 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
310 if (screenlineUC == NULL) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
311 ret = 2; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
312 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
313 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
314 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
315 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
316 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
317 ret = 2; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
318 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
319 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
320 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
321 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
322 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
323 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
324 if (screenline2 == NULL) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
325 ret = 2; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
326 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
327 #endif |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
328 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
329 if (ret != 2) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
330 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
331 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
332 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
333 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
334 mch_memmove(screenline + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
335 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
336 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
337 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
338 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
339 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
340 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
341 if (enc_utf8) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
342 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
343 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
344 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
345 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
346 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
347 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
348 ScreenLinesC[r] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
349 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
350 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
351 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
352 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
353 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
354 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
355 #endif |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
356 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
357 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
358 update_screen(0); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
359 ret = 3; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
360 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
361 if (must_redraw == 0) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
362 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
363 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
364 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
365 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
366 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
367 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
368 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
369 screenline + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
370 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
371 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
372 screenattr + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
373 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
374 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
375 if (enc_utf8) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
376 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
377 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
378 screenlineUC + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
379 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
380 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
381 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
382 screenlineC[i] + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
383 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
384 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
385 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
386 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
387 screenline2 + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
388 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
389 #endif |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
390 SCREEN_LINE(cmdline_row + r, 0, Columns, Columns, FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
391 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
392 ret = 4; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
393 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
394 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
395 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
396 vim_free(screenline); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
397 vim_free(screenattr); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
398 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
399 if (enc_utf8) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
400 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
401 vim_free(screenlineUC); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
402 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
403 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
404 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
405 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
406 vim_free(screenline2); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
407 #endif |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
408 |
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
409 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ |
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
410 maybe_intro_message(); |
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
411 |
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
412 setcursor(); |
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
413 |
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
414 return ret; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
415 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
416 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
417 /* |
7 | 418 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that |
419 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. | |
420 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. | |
421 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. | |
422 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot | |
423 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. | |
424 */ | |
425 void | |
426 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) | |
427 linenr_T lnum; | |
1883 | 428 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ |
7 | 429 { |
430 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
431 int i; | |
432 #endif | |
433 | |
434 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
435 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
436 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
437 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
438 redraw_later(VALID); | |
439 | |
440 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
441 if (invalid) | |
442 { | |
443 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ | |
444 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); | |
445 if (i >= 0) | |
446 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
447 } | |
448 #endif | |
449 } | |
450 | |
451 /* | |
452 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer | |
453 */ | |
454 void | |
455 update_curbuf(type) | |
456 int type; | |
457 { | |
458 redraw_curbuf_later(type); | |
459 update_screen(type); | |
460 } | |
461 | |
462 /* | |
463 * update_screen() | |
464 * | |
465 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull | |
466 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. | |
467 */ | |
468 void | |
469 update_screen(type) | |
470 int type; | |
471 { | |
472 win_T *wp; | |
473 static int did_intro = FALSE; | |
474 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
475 int did_one; | |
476 #endif | |
477 | |
2008 | 478 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ |
7 | 479 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) |
480 return; | |
481 | |
482 if (must_redraw) | |
483 { | |
484 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ | |
485 type = must_redraw; | |
1331 | 486 |
487 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird | |
488 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous | |
489 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a | |
490 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ | |
7 | 491 must_redraw = 0; |
492 } | |
493 | |
494 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ | |
495 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) | |
496 type = NOT_VALID; | |
497 | |
2008 | 498 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called |
499 * recursively. */ | |
500 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) | |
7 | 501 { |
502 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ | |
503 must_redraw = type; | |
504 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) | |
505 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ | |
506 return; | |
507 } | |
508 | |
509 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
510 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
511 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of | |
512 * display updating */ | |
513 #endif | |
514 | |
515 /* | |
516 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down | |
517 */ | |
518 if (msg_scrolled) | |
519 { | |
520 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
521 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ | |
522 type = CLEAR; | |
523 else if (type != CLEAR) | |
524 { | |
525 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
526 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
527 type = CLEAR; | |
528 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
529 { | |
530 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) | |
531 { | |
532 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled | |
533 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP | |
534 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 | |
535 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
536 { | |
537 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); | |
538 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; | |
539 } | |
540 else | |
541 { | |
542 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; | |
543 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
544 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) | |
545 <= msg_scrolled) | |
546 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
547 #endif | |
548 } | |
549 } | |
550 } | |
551 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
667 | 552 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
673 | 553 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
667 | 554 #endif |
7 | 555 } |
556 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
557 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
558 } | |
559 | |
560 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ | |
561 compute_cmdrow(); | |
562 | |
563 /* Check for changed highlighting */ | |
564 if (need_highlight_changed) | |
565 highlight_changed(); | |
566 | |
567 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ | |
568 { | |
569 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
570 type = NOT_VALID; | |
571 } | |
572 | |
573 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ | |
574 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
575 | |
13 | 576 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
577 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
578 * changes. */ |
13 | 579 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
580 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
581 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) |
13 | 582 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; |
583 #endif | |
584 | |
7 | 585 /* |
586 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. | |
587 */ | |
588 if (type == INVERTED) | |
589 update_curswant(); | |
590 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type | |
591 && !((type == VALID | |
592 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
593 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
594 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill | |
595 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill | |
596 #endif | |
597 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
598 || (type == INVERTED | |
1043 | 599 && VIsual_active |
7 | 600 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
601 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode | |
602 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) | |
603 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) | |
604 )) | |
605 curwin->w_redr_type = type; | |
606 | |
849 | 607 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
608 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
609 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) | |
610 draw_tabline(); | |
611 #endif | |
612 | |
7 | 613 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
614 /* | |
615 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed | |
616 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. | |
617 */ | |
618 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
619 { | |
620 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) | |
621 { | |
622 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
623 win_T *wwp; | |
624 | |
625 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ | |
626 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) | |
627 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) | |
628 break; | |
629 # endif | |
630 if ( | |
631 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
632 wwp == wp && | |
633 # endif | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
634 syntax_present(wp)) |
7 | 635 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); |
636 } | |
637 } | |
638 #endif | |
639 | |
640 /* | |
641 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need | |
642 * it. | |
643 */ | |
644 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
645 did_one = FALSE; | |
646 #endif | |
647 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
648 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
649 #endif | |
650 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
651 { | |
652 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
653 { | |
654 cursor_off(); | |
655 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
656 if (!did_one) | |
657 { | |
658 did_one = TRUE; | |
659 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
660 start_search_hl(); | |
661 # endif | |
662 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
663 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
3674 | 664 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
665 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
666 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
667 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
7 | 668 # endif |
669 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
670 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because | |
671 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under | |
672 * it. */ | |
673 if (gui.in_use) | |
674 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
675 #endif | |
676 } | |
677 #endif | |
678 win_update(wp); | |
679 } | |
680 | |
681 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
682 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ | |
683 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
684 { | |
685 cursor_off(); | |
686 win_redr_status(wp); | |
687 } | |
688 #endif | |
689 } | |
690 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
691 end_search_hl(); | |
692 #endif | |
4107 | 693 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
694 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ | |
695 if (pum_visible()) | |
696 pum_redraw(); | |
697 #endif | |
7 | 698 |
699 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
700 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster | |
701 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ | |
702 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
703 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
704 #else | |
705 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
706 #endif | |
707 | |
708 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
709 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
710 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
711 #endif | |
712 | |
713 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may | |
714 * mess up the command line. */ | |
715 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
716 showmode(); | |
717 | |
718 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ | |
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
719 if (!did_intro) |
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
720 maybe_intro_message(); |
7 | 721 did_intro = TRUE; |
722 | |
723 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
724 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
725 * done. */ | |
726 if (gui.in_use) | |
727 { | |
728 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
729 if (did_one) | |
730 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
731 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
732 } | |
733 #endif | |
734 } | |
735 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
736 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
737 /* |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
738 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
739 * to the 'concealcursor' option. |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
740 */ |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
741 int |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
742 conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
743 win_T *wp; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
744 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
745 int c; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
746 |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
747 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
748 return FALSE; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
749 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
750 c = 'v'; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
751 else if (State & INSERT) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
752 c = 'i'; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
753 else if (State & NORMAL) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
754 c = 'n'; |
2382
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
755 else if (State & CMDLINE) |
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
756 c = 'c'; |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
757 else |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
758 return FALSE; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
759 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
760 } |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
761 |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
762 /* |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
763 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
764 */ |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
765 void |
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
766 conceal_check_cursur_line() |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
767 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
768 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
769 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
770 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
771 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
772 * without concealing. */ |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
773 curs_columns(TRUE); |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
774 } |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
775 } |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
776 |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
777 void |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
778 update_single_line(wp, lnum) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
779 win_T *wp; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
780 linenr_T lnum; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
781 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
782 int row; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
783 int j; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
784 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
785 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline |
2269
fb627e94e6c6
Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2255
diff
changeset
|
786 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
787 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
788 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
789 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
790 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
791 if (gui.in_use) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
792 gui_undraw_cursor(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
793 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
794 row = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
795 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
796 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
797 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
798 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
799 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ |
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
800 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
801 init_search_hl(wp); |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
802 start_search_hl(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
803 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
804 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
805 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
806 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
807 end_search_hl(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
808 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
809 break; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
810 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
811 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
812 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
813 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
814 /* Redraw the cursor */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
815 if (gui.in_use) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
816 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
817 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
818 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
819 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
820 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
821 } |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
822 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
823 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
824 #endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
825 |
7 | 826 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) |
827 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); | |
828 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); | |
829 | |
830 /* | |
831 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. | |
2008 | 832 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. |
7 | 833 */ |
834 static void | |
835 update_prepare() | |
836 { | |
837 cursor_off(); | |
838 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
839 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
840 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may | |
841 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ | |
842 if (gui.in_use) | |
843 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
844 #endif | |
845 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
846 start_search_hl(); | |
847 #endif | |
848 } | |
849 | |
850 /* | |
851 * Finish updating one or more windows. | |
852 */ | |
853 static void | |
854 update_finish() | |
855 { | |
856 if (redraw_cmdline) | |
857 showmode(); | |
858 | |
859 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
860 end_search_hl(); | |
861 # endif | |
862 | |
863 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
864 | |
865 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
866 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
867 | |
868 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
869 * done. */ | |
870 if (gui.in_use) | |
871 { | |
872 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
873 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
874 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
875 } | |
876 # endif | |
877 } | |
878 #endif | |
879 | |
880 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
881 void | |
882 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) | |
883 buf_T *buf; | |
884 linenr_T lnum; | |
885 { | |
886 win_T *wp; | |
887 int doit = FALSE; | |
888 | |
889 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
890 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
891 # endif | |
892 | |
893 /* update/delete a specific mark */ | |
894 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
895 { | |
896 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) | |
897 { | |
898 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline | |
899 && lnum < wp->w_botline) | |
900 { | |
901 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
902 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
903 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
904 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
905 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
906 } | |
907 } | |
908 else | |
909 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
910 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
911 doit = TRUE; | |
912 } | |
913 | |
3250 | 914 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already |
915 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ | |
916 if (!doit || updating_screen | |
917 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
918 || gui.starting | |
919 #endif | |
920 || starting) | |
7 | 921 return; |
922 | |
923 /* update all windows that need updating */ | |
924 update_prepare(); | |
925 | |
926 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
927 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
928 { | |
929 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
930 win_update(wp); | |
931 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
932 win_redr_status(wp); | |
933 } | |
934 # else | |
935 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) | |
936 win_update(curwin); | |
937 # endif | |
938 | |
939 update_finish(); | |
940 } | |
941 #endif | |
942 | |
943 | |
944 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
945 /* | |
946 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. | |
947 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. | |
948 */ | |
949 void | |
950 updateWindow(wp) | |
951 win_T *wp; | |
952 { | |
2008 | 953 /* return if already busy updating */ |
954 if (updating_screen) | |
955 return; | |
956 | |
7 | 957 update_prepare(); |
958 | |
959 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
960 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
3674 | 961 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
962 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
963 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
964 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
7 | 965 #endif |
670 | 966 |
7 | 967 win_update(wp); |
670 | 968 |
7 | 969 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
670 | 970 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ |
673 | 971 if (redraw_tabline) |
677 | 972 draw_tabline(); |
670 | 973 |
7 | 974 if (wp->w_redr_status |
975 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
976 || p_ru | |
977 # endif | |
978 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
40 | 979 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL |
7 | 980 # endif |
981 ) | |
982 win_redr_status(wp); | |
983 #endif | |
984 | |
985 update_finish(); | |
986 } | |
987 #endif | |
988 | |
989 /* | |
990 * Update a single window. | |
991 * | |
992 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the | |
993 * screen or scrolling lines). | |
994 * | |
995 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also | |
996 * implies the one below it. | |
997 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window | |
743 | 998 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible |
7 | 999 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID |
1000 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area | |
1001 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area | |
1002 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline | |
1003 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down | |
1004 * 3. redraw changed text: | |
301 | 1005 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between |
7 | 1006 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. |
1007 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between | |
1008 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. | |
1009 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. | |
1010 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. | |
1011 * This results in three areas that may need updating: | |
1012 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) | |
1013 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) | |
1014 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) | |
1015 */ | |
1016 static void | |
1017 win_update(wp) | |
1018 win_T *wp; | |
1019 { | |
1020 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
1021 int type; | |
1022 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs | |
1023 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ | |
1024 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs | |
1025 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ | |
1026 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs | |
1027 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ | |
1028 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs | |
1029 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ | |
1030 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when | |
1031 w_topline got smaller a bit */ | |
1032 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1326 | 1033 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
7 | 1034 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ |
1035 #endif | |
1036 | |
1037 int row; /* current window row to display */ | |
1038 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ | |
1039 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ | |
1040 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ | |
1041 | |
1042 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ | |
1043 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ | |
1044 int i; | |
1045 long j; | |
1046 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ | |
1047 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; | |
1048 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1049 long fold_count; | |
1050 #endif | |
1051 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
1052 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if | |
1053 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ | |
1054 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ | |
1055 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ | |
1056 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ | |
1057 int did_update = DID_NONE; | |
1058 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ | |
1059 #endif | |
1060 linenr_T mod_top = 0; | |
1061 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; | |
1062 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
1063 int save_got_int; | |
1064 #endif | |
1065 | |
1066 type = wp->w_redr_type; | |
1067 | |
1068 if (type == NOT_VALID) | |
1069 { | |
1070 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
1071 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
1072 #endif | |
1073 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
1074 } | |
1075 | |
1076 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ | |
1077 if (wp->w_height == 0) | |
1078 { | |
1079 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
1080 return; | |
1081 } | |
1082 | |
1083 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1084 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ | |
1085 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
1086 { | |
1087 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
1088 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); | |
1089 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
1090 return; | |
1091 } | |
1092 #endif | |
1093 | |
1094 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
1095 init_search_hl(wp); |
7 | 1096 #endif |
1097 | |
13 | 1098 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1099 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1100 * changes. */ |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1101 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; |
677 | 1102 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) |
13 | 1103 { |
1104 type = NOT_VALID; | |
677 | 1105 wp->w_nrwidth = i; |
13 | 1106 } |
1107 else | |
1108 #endif | |
1109 | |
7 | 1110 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) |
1111 { | |
1112 /* | |
1113 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be | |
1114 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw | |
1115 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). | |
1116 */ | |
1117 type = NOT_VALID; | |
1118 } | |
1119 else | |
1120 { | |
1121 /* | |
1122 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of | |
1123 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. | |
1124 */ | |
1125 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; | |
1126 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) | |
1127 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; | |
1128 else | |
1129 mod_bot = 0; | |
1130 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ | |
1131 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; | |
1132 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
1133 { | |
1134 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) | |
1135 { | |
1136 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; | |
1137 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
1138 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included | |
1139 * in a pattern match. */ | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1140 if (syntax_present(wp)) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1141 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1142 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; |
7 | 1143 if (mod_top < 1) |
1144 mod_top = 1; | |
1145 } | |
1146 #endif | |
1147 } | |
1148 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
1149 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
1150 | |
1151 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1152 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a | |
1153 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a | |
1154 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible | |
1155 * lines above the change. | |
1326 | 1156 * Same for a match pattern. |
7 | 1157 */ |
699 | 1158 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL |
1159 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) | |
7 | 1160 top_to_mod = TRUE; |
699 | 1161 else |
1326 | 1162 { |
1163 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
1164 while (cur != NULL) | |
1165 { | |
1166 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL | |
1167 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) | |
699 | 1168 { |
1169 top_to_mod = TRUE; | |
1170 break; | |
1171 } | |
1326 | 1172 cur = cur->next; |
1173 } | |
1174 } | |
7 | 1175 #endif |
1176 } | |
1177 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1178 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
1179 { | |
1180 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; | |
1181 | |
1182 /* | |
1183 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or | |
1184 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. | |
1185 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first | |
1186 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first | |
1187 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. | |
1188 */ | |
1189 | |
1190 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to | |
1191 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. | |
1192 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb | |
1193 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ | |
1194 lnumt = wp->w_topline; | |
1195 lnumb = MAXLNUM; | |
1196 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
1197 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
1198 { | |
1199 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) | |
1200 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
1201 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) | |
1202 { | |
1203 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; | |
1204 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating | |
1205 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ | |
6553 | 1206 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) |
7 | 1207 ++lnumb; |
1208 } | |
1209 } | |
1210 | |
1211 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
1212 if (mod_top > lnumt) | |
1213 mod_top = lnumt; | |
1214 | |
1215 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ | |
1216 --mod_bot; | |
1217 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); | |
1218 ++mod_bot; | |
1219 if (mod_bot < lnumb) | |
1220 mod_bot = lnumb; | |
1221 } | |
1222 #endif | |
1223 | |
1224 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below | |
1225 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. | |
36 | 1226 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was |
1227 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ | |
7 | 1228 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) |
1229 { | |
1230 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) | |
1231 mod_top = wp->w_topline; | |
1232 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1233 else if (syntax_present(wp)) |
7 | 1234 top_end = 1; |
1235 #endif | |
1236 } | |
36 | 1237 |
1238 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below | |
1239 * inserted/deleted lines. */ | |
1240 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) | |
1241 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
7 | 1242 } |
1243 | |
1244 /* | |
1245 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when | |
1246 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. | |
1247 */ | |
1248 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) | |
1249 { | |
1250 j = 0; | |
1251 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
1252 { | |
1253 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
1254 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) | |
1255 { | |
1256 top_end = j; | |
1257 break; | |
1258 } | |
1259 } | |
1260 if (top_end == 0) | |
1261 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ | |
1262 type = NOT_VALID; | |
1263 else | |
1264 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ | |
1265 type = VALID; | |
1266 } | |
1267 | |
1378 | 1268 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will |
1331 | 1269 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still |
1270 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not | |
1271 * called. */ | |
1272 if (screen_cleared) | |
1273 screen_cleared = MAYBE; | |
1274 | |
7 | 1275 /* |
1276 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, | |
1277 * handle three cases: | |
1278 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down | |
1279 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up | |
1280 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in | |
1281 * w_lines[] that needs updating. | |
1282 */ | |
743 | 1283 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID |
1284 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) | |
7 | 1285 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
1286 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill | |
1287 #endif | |
1288 ) | |
1289 { | |
1290 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) | |
1291 { | |
1292 /* | |
1293 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done | |
1294 * further down. | |
1295 */ | |
1296 } | |
1297 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
1298 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
1299 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1300 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
1301 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) | |
1302 #endif | |
1303 )) | |
1304 { | |
1305 /* | |
1306 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. | |
1307 */ | |
1308 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1309 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
1310 { | |
1311 linenr_T ln; | |
1312 | |
1313 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence | |
1314 * of folded lines as one */ | |
1315 j = 0; | |
1316 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) | |
1317 { | |
1318 ++j; | |
1319 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
1320 break; | |
1321 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); | |
1322 } | |
1323 } | |
1324 else | |
1325 #endif | |
1326 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; | |
1327 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ | |
1328 { | |
1329 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); | |
1330 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1331 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ | |
1332 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) | |
1333 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
1334 - wp->w_old_topfill; | |
1335 #endif | |
1336 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ | |
1337 { | |
1338 /* | |
1339 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. | |
1340 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. | |
1341 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. | |
1342 */ | |
1343 if (i > 0) | |
1344 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
1345 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
1346 { | |
1347 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
1348 { | |
1349 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the | |
1350 * first one that scrolled down. */ | |
1351 top_end = i; | |
1352 scrolled_down = TRUE; | |
1353 | |
1354 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable | |
1355 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ | |
1356 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) | |
1357 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
1358 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) | |
1359 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; | |
1360 while (idx >= 0) | |
1361 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
1362 } | |
1363 } | |
1364 else | |
1365 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
1366 } | |
1367 else | |
1368 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
1369 } | |
1370 else | |
1371 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
1372 } | |
1373 else | |
1374 { | |
1375 /* | |
1376 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. | |
1377 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that | |
1378 * needs updating. | |
1379 */ | |
1380 | |
1381 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ | |
1382 j = -1; | |
1383 row = 0; | |
1384 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) | |
1385 { | |
1386 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
1387 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
1388 { | |
1389 j = i; | |
1390 break; | |
1391 } | |
1392 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
1393 } | |
1394 if (j == -1) | |
1395 { | |
1396 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all | |
1397 * lines */ | |
1398 mid_start = 0; | |
1399 } | |
1400 else | |
1401 { | |
1402 /* | |
1403 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. | |
1404 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. | |
1405 */ | |
1406 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1407 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, | |
1408 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ | |
1409 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
1410 row += wp->w_old_topfill; | |
1411 else | |
1412 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
1413 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ | |
1414 row -= wp->w_topfill; | |
1415 #endif | |
1416 if (row > 0) | |
1417 { | |
1418 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
1419 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
1420 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; | |
1421 else | |
1422 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
1423 } | |
1424 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
1425 { | |
1426 /* | |
1427 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still | |
1428 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info | |
1429 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set | |
1430 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. | |
1431 */ | |
1432 bot_start = 0; | |
1433 idx = 0; | |
1434 for (;;) | |
1435 { | |
1436 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; | |
1437 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still | |
1438 * valid (no lines deleted) */ | |
1439 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row | |
1440 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) | |
1441 { | |
1442 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; | |
1443 break; | |
1444 } | |
1445 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
1446 | |
1447 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
1448 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
1449 { | |
1450 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
1451 break; | |
1452 } | |
1453 } | |
1454 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1455 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top | |
1456 * when it won't get updated below. */ | |
1457 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) | |
1458 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = | |
1459 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) | |
1460 + wp->w_topfill; | |
1461 #endif | |
1462 } | |
1463 } | |
1464 } | |
1465 | |
1466 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When | |
1467 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen | |
1468 * first. */ | |
1469 if (mid_start == 0) | |
1470 { | |
1471 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
1472 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
981 | 1473 { |
1331 | 1474 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or |
1475 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE | |
1476 * then. */ | |
1477 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) | |
1478 screenclear(); | |
981 | 1479 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
1480 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ | |
1481 if (redraw_tabline) | |
1482 draw_tabline(); | |
1483 #endif | |
1484 } | |
7 | 1485 } |
1331 | 1486 |
1487 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be | |
1488 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() | |
1489 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to | |
1490 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ | |
1491 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) | |
1492 must_redraw = 0; | |
7 | 1493 } |
1494 else | |
1495 { | |
1496 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ | |
1497 mid_start = 0; | |
1498 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
1499 } | |
1500 | |
743 | 1501 if (type == SOME_VALID) |
1502 { | |
1503 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ | |
1504 mid_start = 0; | |
1505 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
1506 type = NOT_VALID; | |
1507 } | |
1508 | |
7 | 1509 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ |
1510 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
1511 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) | |
1512 { | |
1513 linenr_T from, to; | |
1514 | |
1515 if (VIsual_active) | |
1516 { | |
1517 if (VIsual_active | |
1518 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode | |
1519 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) | |
1520 { | |
1521 /* | |
1522 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole | |
1523 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is | |
1524 * gained or lost. | |
1525 */ | |
1526 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) | |
1527 { | |
1528 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1529 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
1530 } | |
1531 else | |
1532 { | |
1533 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
1534 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1535 } | |
1536 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ | |
1537 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) | |
1538 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1539 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) | |
1540 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1541 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) | |
1542 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1543 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
1544 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1545 } | |
1546 else | |
1547 { | |
1548 /* | |
1549 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines | |
1550 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor | |
1551 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. | |
1552 */ | |
1553 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) | |
1554 { | |
1555 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1556 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1557 } | |
1558 else | |
1559 { | |
1560 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1561 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1562 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ | |
1563 from = to; | |
1564 } | |
1565 | |
422 | 1566 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum |
1567 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) | |
7 | 1568 { |
1569 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from | |
1570 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) | |
1571 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1572 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
1573 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1574 if (VIsual.lnum < from) | |
1575 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
1576 if (VIsual.lnum > to) | |
1577 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
1578 } | |
1579 } | |
1580 | |
1581 /* | |
1582 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: | |
1583 * update all lines. | |
1584 * First compute the actual start and end column. | |
1585 */ | |
1586 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
1587 { | |
6266 | 1588 colnr_T fromc, toc; |
1589 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) | |
1590 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; | |
1591 | |
1592 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) | |
1593 ve_flags = VE_ALL; | |
1594 #endif | |
7 | 1595 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); |
6266 | 1596 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) |
1597 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; | |
1598 #endif | |
7 | 1599 ++toc; |
1600 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) | |
1601 toc = MAXCOL; | |
1602 | |
1603 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol | |
1604 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) | |
1605 { | |
1606 if (from > VIsual.lnum) | |
1607 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
1608 if (to < VIsual.lnum) | |
1609 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
1610 } | |
1611 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; | |
1612 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; | |
1613 } | |
1614 } | |
1615 else | |
1616 { | |
1617 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ | |
1618 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
1619 { | |
1620 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1621 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1622 } | |
1623 else | |
1624 { | |
1625 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1626 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1627 } | |
1628 } | |
1629 | |
1630 /* | |
1631 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. | |
1632 */ | |
1633 if (from < wp->w_topline) | |
1634 from = wp->w_topline; | |
1635 | |
1636 /* | |
1637 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to | |
1638 * the lines that are visible in the window. | |
1639 */ | |
1640 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) | |
1641 { | |
1642 if (from >= wp->w_botline) | |
1643 from = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
1644 if (to >= wp->w_botline) | |
1645 to = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
1646 } | |
1647 | |
1648 /* | |
1649 * Find the minimal part to be updated. | |
1650 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. | |
1651 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets | |
1652 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. | |
1653 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text | |
1654 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for | |
1655 * mid_end (in srow). | |
1656 */ | |
1657 if (mid_start > 0) | |
1658 { | |
1659 lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
1660 idx = 0; | |
1661 srow = 0; | |
1662 if (scrolled_down) | |
1663 mid_start = top_end; | |
1664 else | |
1665 mid_start = 0; | |
1666 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ | |
1667 { | |
1668 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
1669 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
1670 else if (!scrolled_down) | |
1671 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
1672 ++idx; | |
1673 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1674 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
1675 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; | |
1676 else | |
1677 # endif | |
1678 ++lnum; | |
1679 } | |
1680 srow += mid_start; | |
1681 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
1682 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ | |
1683 { | |
1684 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
1685 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) | |
1686 { | |
1687 /* Only update until first row of this line */ | |
1688 mid_end = srow; | |
1689 break; | |
1690 } | |
1691 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
1692 } | |
1693 } | |
1694 } | |
1695 | |
1696 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
1697 { | |
1698 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
1699 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1700 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; | |
422 | 1701 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; |
7 | 1702 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; |
1703 } | |
1704 else | |
1705 { | |
1706 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; | |
1707 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; | |
1708 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; | |
422 | 1709 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; |
7 | 1710 } |
1711 | |
1712 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
1713 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ | |
1714 save_got_int = got_int; | |
1715 got_int = 0; | |
1716 #endif | |
1717 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1718 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
1719 #endif | |
1720 | |
1721 /* | |
1722 * Update all the window rows. | |
1723 */ | |
1724 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
1725 row = 0; | |
1726 srow = 0; | |
1727 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ | |
1728 for (;;) | |
1729 { | |
1730 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ | |
1731 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ | |
1732 if (row == wp->w_height) | |
1733 { | |
1734 didline = TRUE; | |
1735 break; | |
1736 } | |
1737 | |
1738 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ | |
1739 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
1740 { | |
1741 eof = TRUE; | |
1742 break; | |
1743 } | |
1744 | |
1745 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt | |
1746 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ | |
1747 srow = row; | |
1748 | |
1749 /* | |
1750 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it | |
1751 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. | |
1752 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using | |
1753 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. | |
1754 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will | |
1755 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is | |
1756 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. | |
1757 */ | |
1758 if (row < top_end | |
1759 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) | |
1760 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1761 || top_to_mod | |
1762 #endif | |
1763 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid | |
1764 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) | |
1765 || (mod_top != 0 | |
1766 && (lnum == mod_top | |
1767 || (lnum >= mod_top | |
1768 && (lnum < mod_bot | |
1769 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
1770 || did_update == DID_FOLD | |
1771 || (did_update == DID_LINE | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1772 && syntax_present(wp) |
7 | 1773 && ( |
1774 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1775 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) | |
1776 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || | |
1777 # endif | |
1778 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) | |
1779 #endif | |
4916
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1780 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
6018 | 1781 /* match in fixed position might need redraw |
1782 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ | |
1783 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL | |
1784 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) | |
4916
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1785 #endif |
7 | 1786 ))))) |
1787 { | |
1788 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1789 if (lnum == mod_top) | |
1790 top_to_mod = FALSE; | |
1791 #endif | |
1792 | |
1793 /* | |
1794 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines | |
1795 * up or down to minimize redrawing. | |
1796 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. | |
3318 | 1797 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". |
7 | 1798 */ |
1799 if (lnum == mod_top | |
1800 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM | |
3318 | 1801 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) |
7 | 1802 { |
1803 int old_rows = 0; | |
1804 int new_rows = 0; | |
1805 int xtra_rows; | |
1806 linenr_T l; | |
1807 | |
1808 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which | |
1809 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are | |
1810 * currently displayed. */ | |
1811 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
1812 { | |
1813 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid | |
1814 * lines are part of the changed area. */ | |
1815 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
1816 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) | |
1817 break; | |
1818 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
1819 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1820 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
1821 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) | |
1822 { | |
1823 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. | |
1824 * Add following invalid entries. */ | |
1825 ++i; | |
1826 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid | |
1827 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
1828 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; | |
1829 break; | |
1830 } | |
1831 #endif | |
1832 } | |
1833 | |
1834 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
1835 { | |
1836 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, | |
1837 * need to redraw until the end of the window. | |
1838 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ | |
1839 bot_start = 0; | |
1840 } | |
1841 else | |
1842 { | |
1843 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window | |
1844 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ | |
1845 j = idx; | |
1846 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) | |
1847 { | |
1848 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1849 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) | |
1850 ++new_rows; | |
1851 else | |
1852 #endif | |
1853 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1854 if (l == wp->w_topline) | |
1855 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) | |
1856 + wp->w_topfill; | |
1857 else | |
1858 #endif | |
1859 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); | |
1860 ++j; | |
1861 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) | |
1862 { | |
1863 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ | |
1864 new_rows = 9999; | |
1865 break; | |
1866 } | |
1867 } | |
1868 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; | |
1869 if (xtra_rows < 0) | |
1870 { | |
1871 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough | |
1872 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
1873 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text | |
1874 * below the scrolled text. */ | |
1875 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
1876 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
1877 else | |
1878 { | |
1879 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
1880 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, | |
1881 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
1882 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
1883 else | |
1884 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; | |
1885 } | |
1886 } | |
1887 else if (xtra_rows > 0) | |
1888 { | |
1889 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough | |
1890 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
1891 * rest. */ | |
1892 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
1893 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
1894 else | |
1895 { | |
1896 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
1897 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, | |
1898 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
1899 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
1900 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) | |
1901 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires | |
1902 * updating down. */ | |
1903 top_end += xtra_rows; | |
1904 } | |
1905 } | |
1906 | |
1907 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] | |
1908 * entries. */ | |
1909 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) | |
1910 { | |
1911 if (j < i) | |
1912 { | |
1913 int x = row + new_rows; | |
1914 | |
1915 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ | |
1916 for (;;) | |
1917 { | |
1918 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ | |
1919 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
1920 { | |
1921 wp->w_lines_valid = j; | |
1922 break; | |
1923 } | |
1924 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; | |
1925 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ | |
1926 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size | |
1927 > wp->w_height) | |
1928 { | |
1929 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; | |
1930 break; | |
1931 } | |
1932 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; | |
1933 ++i; | |
1934 } | |
1935 if (bot_start > x) | |
1936 bot_start = x; | |
1937 } | |
1938 else /* j > i */ | |
1939 { | |
1940 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ | |
1941 j -= i; | |
1942 wp->w_lines_valid += j; | |
1943 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) | |
1944 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
1945 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) | |
1946 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; | |
1947 | |
1948 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are | |
1949 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. | |
1950 * Reset to zero. */ | |
1951 while (i >= idx) | |
1952 { | |
1953 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; | |
1954 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
1955 } | |
1956 } | |
1957 } | |
1958 } | |
1959 } | |
1960 | |
1961 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1962 /* | |
1963 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. | |
1964 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when | |
1965 * 'wrap' is on). | |
1966 */ | |
1967 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); | |
1968 if (fold_count != 0) | |
1969 { | |
1970 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); | |
1971 ++row; | |
1972 --fold_count; | |
1973 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; | |
1974 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; | |
1975 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
1976 did_update = DID_FOLD; | |
1977 # endif | |
1978 } | |
1979 else | |
1980 #endif | |
1981 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid | |
1982 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
1983 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum | |
1984 && lnum > wp->w_topline | |
1985 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) | |
1986 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height | |
1987 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1988 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 | |
1989 #endif | |
1990 ) | |
1991 { | |
1992 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, | |
1993 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ | |
1994 row = wp->w_height + 1; | |
1995 } | |
1996 else | |
1997 { | |
1998 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1999 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); | |
2000 #endif | |
2001 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2002 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ | |
2003 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2004 && syntax_present(wp)) |
7 | 2005 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
2006 #endif | |
2007 | |
2008 /* | |
2009 * Display one line. | |
2010 */ | |
625 | 2011 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); |
7 | 2012 |
2013 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2014 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; | |
2015 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; | |
2016 #endif | |
2017 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2018 did_update = DID_LINE; | |
2019 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; | |
2020 #endif | |
2021 } | |
2022 | |
2023 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; | |
2024 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; | |
2025 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
2026 { | |
2027 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ | |
3318 | 2028 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
7 | 2029 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); |
2030 ++idx; | |
2031 break; | |
2032 } | |
3318 | 2033 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
7 | 2034 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; |
2035 ++idx; | |
2036 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2037 lnum += fold_count + 1; | |
2038 #else | |
2039 ++lnum; | |
2040 #endif | |
2041 } | |
2042 else | |
2043 { | |
2044 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ | |
2045 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
2046 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
2047 break; | |
2048 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2049 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
2050 #else | |
2051 ++lnum; | |
2052 #endif | |
2053 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2054 did_update = DID_NONE; | |
2055 #endif | |
2056 } | |
2057 | |
2058 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
2059 { | |
2060 eof = TRUE; | |
2061 break; | |
2062 } | |
2063 } | |
2064 /* | |
2065 * End of loop over all window lines. | |
2066 */ | |
2067 | |
2068 | |
2069 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) | |
2070 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
2071 | |
2072 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2073 /* | |
2074 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. | |
2075 */ | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2076 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) |
7 | 2077 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
2078 #endif | |
2079 | |
2080 /* | |
2081 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last | |
2082 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. | |
2083 */ | |
2084 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; | |
2085 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2086 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; | |
2087 #endif | |
2088 if (!eof && !didline) | |
2089 { | |
2090 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
2091 { | |
2092 /* | |
2093 * Single line that does not fit! | |
2094 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. | |
2095 */ | |
2096 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; | |
2097 } | |
2098 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2099 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) | |
2100 { | |
2101 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ | |
2102 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
2103 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; | |
2104 } | |
2105 #endif | |
2106 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ | |
2107 { | |
2108 /* | |
2109 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. | |
2110 */ | |
2111 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, | |
2112 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
2113 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
2114 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
2115 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); | |
2116 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
2117 } | |
2118 else | |
2119 { | |
2120 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
2121 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
2122 } | |
2123 } | |
2124 else | |
2125 { | |
2126 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
2127 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
2128 #endif | |
2129 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ | |
2130 { | |
2131 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
2132 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2133 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); | |
2134 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) | |
2135 { | |
2136 /* | |
2137 * Display filler lines at the end of the file | |
2138 */ | |
2139 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
2140 i = '-'; | |
2141 else | |
2142 i = fill_diff; | |
2143 if (row + j > wp->w_height) | |
2144 j = wp->w_height - row; | |
2145 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); | |
2146 row += j; | |
2147 } | |
2148 #endif | |
2149 } | |
3318 | 2150 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
7 | 2151 wp->w_botline = lnum; |
2152 | |
2153 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ | |
2154 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ | |
2155 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
2156 } | |
2157 | |
2158 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ | |
2159 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
2160 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2161 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
2162 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; | |
2163 #endif | |
2164 | |
3318 | 2165 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
7 | 2166 { |
2167 /* | |
2168 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each | |
2169 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive | |
2170 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the | |
2171 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to | |
2172 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was | |
2173 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on | |
2174 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw | |
2175 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it | |
2176 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where | |
2177 * changes are relevant). | |
2178 */ | |
2179 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; | |
2180 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) | |
2181 { | |
2182 recursive = TRUE; | |
2183 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; | |
2184 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ | |
2185 if (must_redraw != 0) | |
2186 { | |
2187 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ | |
2188 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; | |
2189 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
2190 win_update(curwin); | |
2191 must_redraw = 0; | |
2192 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; | |
2193 } | |
2194 recursive = FALSE; | |
2195 } | |
2196 } | |
2197 | |
2198 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
2199 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ | |
2200 if (!got_int) | |
2201 got_int = save_got_int; | |
2202 #endif | |
2203 } | |
2204 | |
2205 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
2206 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
2207 | |
2208 /* | |
2209 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. | |
2210 */ | |
2211 static int | |
2212 draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
2213 win_T *wp; | |
2214 { | |
2215 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
2216 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
6689 | 2217 || wp->w_buffer->b_has_sign_column |
7 | 2218 # endif |
2219 ); | |
2220 } | |
2221 #endif | |
2222 | |
2223 /* | |
2224 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" | |
2225 * as the filler character. | |
2226 */ | |
2227 static void | |
2228 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) | |
2229 win_T *wp; | |
2230 int c1; | |
2231 int c2; | |
2232 int row; | |
2233 int endrow; | |
534 | 2234 hlf_T hl; |
7 | 2235 { |
2236 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) | |
2237 int n = 0; | |
2238 # define FDC_OFF n | |
2239 #else | |
2240 # define FDC_OFF 0 | |
2241 #endif | |
6553 | 2242 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
2243 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); | |
2244 #endif | |
7 | 2245 |
2246 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2247 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2248 { | |
2249 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ | |
2250 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6553 | 2251 n = fdc; |
7 | 2252 |
2253 if (n > 0) | |
2254 { | |
2255 /* draw the fold column at the right */ | |
119 | 2256 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
2257 n = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
7 | 2258 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
2259 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
2260 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
2261 } | |
2262 # endif | |
2263 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
2264 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
2265 { | |
2266 int nn = n + 2; | |
2267 | |
2268 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ | |
119 | 2269 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
2270 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
7 | 2271 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
2272 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, | |
2273 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
2274 n = nn; | |
2275 } | |
2276 # endif | |
2277 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2278 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, | |
2279 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
2280 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2281 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, | |
2282 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
2283 } | |
2284 else | |
2285 #endif | |
2286 { | |
2287 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
2288 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
2289 { | |
2290 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ | |
2291 n = 1; | |
2292 if (n > wp->w_width) | |
2293 n = wp->w_width; | |
2294 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2295 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, | |
2296 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
2297 } | |
2298 #endif | |
2299 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
6553 | 2300 if (fdc > 0) |
2301 { | |
2302 int nn = n + fdc; | |
7 | 2303 |
2304 /* draw the fold column at the left */ | |
2305 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
2306 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
2307 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2308 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
2309 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
2310 n = nn; | |
2311 } | |
2312 #endif | |
2313 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
2314 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
2315 { | |
2316 int nn = n + 2; | |
2317 | |
2318 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ | |
2319 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
2320 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
2321 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2322 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
2323 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
2324 n = nn; | |
2325 } | |
2326 #endif | |
2327 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2328 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
2329 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
2330 } | |
2331 set_empty_rows(wp, row); | |
2332 } | |
2333 | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2334 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2335 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2336 |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2337 /* |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2338 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2339 */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2340 static int |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2341 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2342 int vcol; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2343 int **color_cols; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2344 { |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2345 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2346 ++*color_cols; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2347 return (**color_cols >= 0); |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2348 } |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2349 #endif |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2350 |
7 | 2351 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
2352 /* | |
6553 | 2353 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much |
2354 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". | |
2355 */ | |
2356 static int | |
2357 compute_foldcolumn(wp, col) | |
2358 win_T *wp; | |
2359 int col; | |
2360 { | |
2361 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
2362 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; | |
2363 int wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
2364 | |
2365 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) | |
2366 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); | |
2367 return fdc; | |
2368 } | |
2369 | |
2370 /* | |
7 | 2371 * Display one folded line. |
2372 */ | |
2373 static void | |
2374 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) | |
2375 win_T *wp; | |
2376 long fold_count; | |
2377 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; | |
2378 linenr_T lnum; | |
2379 int row; | |
2380 { | |
2381 char_u buf[51]; | |
2382 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
2383 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; | |
2384 int len; | |
29 | 2385 char_u *text; |
7 | 2386 int fdc; |
2387 int col; | |
2388 int txtcol; | |
2389 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
216 | 2390 int ri; |
7 | 2391 |
2392 /* Build the fold line: | |
2393 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
2394 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2395 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
7 | 2396 * 4. Compose the text |
2397 * 5. Add the text | |
2398 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text | |
2399 */ | |
2400 col = 0; | |
2401 | |
2402 /* | |
2403 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
2404 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. | |
2405 */ | |
2406 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
2407 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
2408 { | |
2409 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; | |
2410 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
2411 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2412 if (enc_utf8) | |
2413 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
2414 #endif | |
2415 ++col; | |
2416 } | |
2417 #endif | |
2418 | |
2419 /* | |
2420 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
6553 | 2421 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. |
7 | 2422 */ |
6553 | 2423 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); |
7 | 2424 if (fdc > 0) |
2425 { | |
2426 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); | |
2427 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2428 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2429 { | |
2430 int i; | |
2431 | |
2432 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, | |
2433 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
2434 /* reverse the fold column */ | |
2435 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) | |
2436 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; | |
2437 } | |
2438 else | |
2439 #endif | |
2440 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
2441 col += fdc; | |
2442 } | |
2443 | |
2444 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
216 | 2445 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ |
2446 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
2447 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ | |
2448 else \ | |
2449 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
2450 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
7 | 2451 #else |
216 | 2452 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ |
2453 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
7 | 2454 #endif |
2455 | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2456 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2457 * text */ |
216 | 2458 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); |
7 | 2459 |
2460 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
2461 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ | |
2462 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
2463 { | |
2464 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
2465 if (len > 0) | |
2466 { | |
2467 if (len > 2) | |
2468 len = 2; | |
2469 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2470 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2471 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
2472 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, | |
2473 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
2474 else | |
2475 # endif | |
2476 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
2477 col += len; | |
2478 } | |
2479 } | |
2480 #endif | |
2481 | |
2482 /* | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2483 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
7 | 2484 */ |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2485 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
7 | 2486 { |
2487 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
2488 if (len > 0) | |
2489 { | |
13 | 2490 int w = number_width(wp); |
5905 | 2491 long num; |
2492 char *fmt = "%*ld "; | |
13 | 2493 |
2494 if (len > w + 1) | |
2495 len = w + 1; | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2496 |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2497 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2498 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2499 num = (long)lnum; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2500 else |
4065 | 2501 { |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2502 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
2675 | 2503 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2504 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2505 { |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2506 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2507 * line number */ |
4065 | 2508 num = lnum; |
2509 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
2510 } | |
2511 } | |
2512 | |
2513 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); | |
7 | 2514 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
2515 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2516 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
2517 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, | |
2518 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
2519 else | |
2520 #endif | |
2521 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
2522 col += len; | |
2523 } | |
2524 } | |
2525 | |
2526 /* | |
2527 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. | |
2528 */ | |
29 | 2529 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); |
7 | 2530 |
2531 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ | |
2532 | |
2533 /* | |
2534 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". | |
2535 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put | |
2536 * in columns number-col - window-width. | |
2537 */ | |
2538 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2539 if (has_mbyte) | |
2540 { | |
2541 int cells; | |
714 | 2542 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
2543 int i; | |
7 | 2544 int idx; |
2545 int c_len; | |
33 | 2546 char_u *p; |
7 | 2547 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
2548 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
2549 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
2550 # endif | |
2551 | |
2552 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2553 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2554 idx = off; | |
2555 else | |
2556 # endif | |
2557 idx = off + col; | |
2558 | |
2559 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ | |
2560 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) | |
2561 { | |
2562 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); | |
474 | 2563 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
7 | 2564 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) |
2565 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2566 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) | |
2567 # endif | |
2568 ) | |
2569 break; | |
2570 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; | |
2571 if (enc_utf8) | |
2572 { | |
714 | 2573 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); |
2574 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) | |
7 | 2575 { |
2576 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; | |
2577 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
2578 prev_c = u8c; | |
2579 #endif | |
2580 } | |
2581 else | |
2582 { | |
2583 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
2584 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
2585 { | |
2586 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
714 | 2587 int pc, pc1, nc; |
2588 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
7 | 2589 int firstbyte = *p; |
2590 | |
2591 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
2592 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
2593 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2594 { | |
2595 pc = prev_c; | |
2596 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
2597 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); | |
714 | 2598 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
7 | 2599 } |
2600 else | |
2601 { | |
714 | 2602 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); |
7 | 2603 nc = prev_c; |
714 | 2604 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
7 | 2605 } |
2606 prev_c = u8c; | |
2607 | |
714 | 2608 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], |
7 | 2609 pc, pc1, nc); |
2610 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; | |
2611 } | |
2612 else | |
2613 prev_c = u8c; | |
2614 #endif | |
2615 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ | |
1401 | 2616 #ifdef UNICODE16 |
7 | 2617 if (u8c >= 0x10000) |
2618 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
2619 else | |
1401 | 2620 #endif |
7 | 2621 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; |
714 | 2622 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
2623 { | |
2624 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; | |
2625 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
2626 break; | |
2627 } | |
7 | 2628 } |
2629 if (cells > 1) | |
2630 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; | |
2631 } | |
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2632 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2633 /* double-byte single width character */ |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2634 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2635 else if (cells > 1) |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2636 /* double-width character */ |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2637 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; |
7 | 2638 col += cells; |
2639 idx += cells; | |
2640 p += c_len; | |
2641 } | |
2642 } | |
2643 else | |
2644 #endif | |
2645 { | |
2646 len = (int)STRLEN(text); | |
2647 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
2648 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
2649 if (len > 0) | |
2650 { | |
2651 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2652 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2653 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); | |
2654 else | |
2655 #endif | |
2656 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); | |
2657 col += len; | |
2658 } | |
2659 } | |
2660 | |
2661 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ | |
2662 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2663 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2664 col -= txtcol; | |
2665 #endif | |
2666 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) | |
2667 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2668 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) | |
2669 #endif | |
2670 ) | |
2671 { | |
2672 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2673 if (enc_utf8) | |
2674 { | |
2675 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) | |
2676 { | |
2677 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; | |
714 | 2678 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; |
7 | 2679 } |
2680 else | |
2681 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; | |
2682 } | |
2683 #endif | |
2684 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; | |
2685 } | |
2686 | |
2687 if (text != buf) | |
2688 vim_free(text); | |
2689 | |
2690 /* | |
2691 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. | |
2692 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. | |
2693 */ | |
2694 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
2695 { | |
2696 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
2697 { | |
2698 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
2699 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
2700 bot = &VIsual; | |
2701 } | |
2702 else | |
2703 { | |
2704 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
2705 top = &VIsual; | |
2706 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
2707 } | |
2708 if (lnum >= top->lnum | |
2709 && lnume <= bot->lnum | |
2710 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' | |
2711 || ((lnum > top->lnum | |
2712 || (lnum == top->lnum | |
2713 && top->col == 0)) | |
2714 && (lnume < bot->lnum | |
2715 || (lnume == bot->lnum | |
2716 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) | |
1883 | 2717 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) |
7 | 2718 { |
2719 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
2720 { | |
2721 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ | |
2722 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
2723 { | |
3040 | 2724 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL |
2725 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol | |
2726 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
7 | 2727 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; |
2728 else | |
2729 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; | |
2730 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), | |
230 | 2731 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); |
7 | 2732 } |
2733 } | |
2734 else | |
216 | 2735 { |
7 | 2736 /* Set all attributes of the text */ |
216 | 2737 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); |
2738 } | |
7 | 2739 } |
2740 } | |
2741 | |
743 | 2742 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
6685 | 2743 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ |
2744 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) | |
2745 { | |
2746 int i = 0; | |
2747 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; | |
2748 int old_txtcol = txtcol; | |
2749 | |
2750 while (j > -1) | |
2751 { | |
2752 txtcol += j; | |
2753 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
2754 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
2755 else | |
2756 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
2757 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
2758 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
2759 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_MC)); | |
2760 txtcol = old_txtcol; | |
2761 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; | |
2762 } | |
2763 } | |
2764 | |
743 | 2765 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ |
1725 | 2766 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
2767 { | |
2768 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; | |
2769 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
2770 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
2771 else | |
2772 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
2773 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
2774 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
2775 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); | |
2776 } | |
743 | 2777 #endif |
7 | 2778 |
2779 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
2780 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); | |
2781 | |
2782 /* | |
2783 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
2784 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
2785 */ | |
2786 if (wp == curwin | |
2787 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
2788 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2789 { | |
2790 curwin->w_cline_row = row; | |
2791 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; | |
2792 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; | |
2793 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
2794 } | |
2795 } | |
2796 | |
2797 /* | |
2798 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". | |
2799 */ | |
2800 static void | |
2801 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) | |
2802 int off; | |
2803 char_u *buf; | |
2804 int len; | |
2805 int attr; | |
2806 { | |
216 | 2807 int i; |
2808 | |
7 | 2809 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); |
2810 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2811 if (enc_utf8) | |
2812 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); | |
2813 # endif | |
216 | 2814 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
2815 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; | |
7 | 2816 } |
2817 | |
2818 /* | |
2819 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". | |
548 | 2820 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. |
7 | 2821 */ |
2822 static void | |
2823 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) | |
2824 char_u *p; | |
2825 win_T *wp; | |
2826 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ | |
2827 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
2828 { | |
2829 int i = 0; | |
2830 int level; | |
2831 int first_level; | |
519 | 2832 int empty; |
6553 | 2833 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); |
7 | 2834 |
2835 /* Init to all spaces. */ | |
6929 | 2836 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); |
7 | 2837 |
2838 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; | |
2839 if (level > 0) | |
2840 { | |
519 | 2841 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ |
6553 | 2842 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; |
519 | 2843 |
7 | 2844 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that |
2845 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ | |
6553 | 2846 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; |
7 | 2847 if (first_level < 1) |
2848 first_level = 1; | |
2849 | |
6553 | 2850 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) |
7 | 2851 { |
2852 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum | |
2853 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) | |
2854 p[i] = '-'; | |
2855 else if (first_level == 1) | |
2856 p[i] = '|'; | |
2857 else if (first_level + i <= 9) | |
2858 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; | |
2859 else | |
2860 p[i] = '>'; | |
2861 if (first_level + i == level) | |
2862 break; | |
2863 } | |
2864 } | |
2865 if (closed) | |
6553 | 2866 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; |
7 | 2867 } |
2868 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ | |
2869 | |
2870 /* | |
2871 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. | |
2872 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. | |
2873 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. | |
2874 * | |
2875 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. | |
2876 */ | |
2877 static int | |
625 | 2878 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) |
7 | 2879 win_T *wp; |
2880 linenr_T lnum; | |
2881 int startrow; | |
2882 int endrow; | |
1883 | 2883 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ |
7 | 2884 { |
2885 int col; /* visual column on screen */ | |
2886 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ | |
2887 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
2888 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ | |
6503 | 2889 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
2890 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ | |
2891 #endif | |
7 | 2892 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ |
2893 char_u *line; /* current line */ | |
2894 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ | |
2895 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ | |
2896 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ | |
2897 | |
2898 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ | |
2899 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ | |
1340 | 2900 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ |
6026 | 2901 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ |
7 | 2902 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ |
2903 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ | |
2904 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when | |
2905 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ | |
2906 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ | |
2907 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ | |
2908 | |
2909 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ | |
2910 int saved_n_extra = 0; | |
2911 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; | |
2912 int saved_c_extra = 0; | |
2913 int saved_char_attr = 0; | |
2914 | |
2915 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ | |
2916 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ | |
2917 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ | |
2918 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ | |
2919 | |
2920 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ | |
2921 | |
2922 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ | |
2923 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ | |
2924 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ | |
2925 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
1813 | 2926 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; |
7 | 2927 pos_T pos; |
2928 long v; | |
2929 | |
2930 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ | |
674 | 2931 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ |
7 | 2932 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting |
2933 in this line */ | |
2934 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ | |
2935 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ | |
2936 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ | |
2937 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
743 | 2938 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ |
7 | 2939 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ |
2940 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ | |
2941 int save_did_emsg; | |
1437 | 2942 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2943 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2944 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ |
743 | 2945 #endif |
2946 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
221 | 2947 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ |
348 | 2948 # define SPWORDLEN 150 |
2949 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ | |
353 | 2950 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ |
2951 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line | |
348 | 2952 starts */ |
221 | 2953 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ |
2954 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ | |
378 | 2955 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ |
2956 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which | |
348 | 2957 * there are no spell errors */ |
386 | 2958 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ |
2959 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ | |
348 | 2960 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ |
7 | 2961 #endif |
2962 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ | |
2963 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2964 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ | |
2965 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ | |
2966 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ | |
2967 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ | |
714 | 2968 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ |
7 | 2969 #endif |
2970 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2971 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ | |
2972 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ | |
534 | 2973 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ |
7 | 2974 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ |
2975 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ | |
2976 #endif | |
2977 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ | |
2978 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
2979 int need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
2980 #endif | |
910 | 2981 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ |
2982 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
7 | 2983 # define LINE_ATTR |
1536 | 2984 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ |
7 | 2985 #endif |
2986 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1326 | 2987 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
2988 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
2989 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
2990 has been processed or not */ | |
5979 | 2991 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
2992 in progress */ | |
1326 | 2993 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol |
2994 equals startcol of search_hl or one | |
2995 of the matches */ | |
7 | 2996 #endif |
2997 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
2998 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
2999 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
3000 #endif | |
910 | 3001 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
867 | 3002 int did_line_attr = 0; |
3003 #endif | |
7 | 3004 |
3005 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ | |
3006 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ | |
3007 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
3008 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ | |
3009 #else | |
3010 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START | |
3011 #endif | |
3012 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3013 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ | |
3014 #else | |
3015 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE | |
3016 #endif | |
3017 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
3018 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ | |
3019 #else | |
3020 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ | |
3021 #endif | |
3022 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ | |
5995 | 3023 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
3024 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ | |
3025 #else | |
3026 # define WL_BRI WL_NR | |
3027 #endif | |
7 | 3028 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
5995 | 3029 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ |
7 | 3030 #else |
5995 | 3031 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI |
7 | 3032 #endif |
3033 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ | |
3034 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ | |
574 | 3035 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
7 | 3036 int feedback_col = 0; |
3037 int feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
3038 #endif | |
3039 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3040 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3041 int syntax_flags = 0; |
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
3042 int syntax_seqnr = 0; |
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
3043 int prev_syntax_id = 0; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3044 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3045 int is_concealing = FALSE; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3046 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3047 wrapping */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2400
diff
changeset
|
3048 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
3049 int did_wcol = FALSE; |
6520 | 3050 int old_boguscols = 0; |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3051 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) |
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3052 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3053 { \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3054 n_extra += vcol_off; \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3055 vcol -= vcol_off; \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3056 vcol_off = 0; \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3057 col -= boguscols; \ |
6520 | 3058 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ |
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3059 boguscols = 0; \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3060 } |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3061 #else |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3062 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3063 #endif |
7 | 3064 |
3065 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ | |
3066 return startrow; | |
3067 | |
3068 row = startrow; | |
3069 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); | |
3070 | |
3071 /* | |
3072 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, | |
3073 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. | |
3074 */ | |
3075 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
3076 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; | |
3077 #else | |
3078 extra_check = 0; | |
3079 #endif | |
3080 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3081 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) |
7 | 3082 { |
3083 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an | |
3084 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ | |
3085 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
3086 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
3087 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
3088 if (did_emsg) | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3089 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
7 | 3090 else |
3091 { | |
3092 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
3093 has_syntax = TRUE; | |
3094 extra_check = TRUE; | |
3095 } | |
3096 } | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3097 |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3098 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3099 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3100 if (color_cols != NULL) |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3101 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
743 | 3102 #endif |
3103 | |
3104 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
258 | 3105 if (wp->w_p_spell |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3106 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3107 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3108 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) |
221 | 3109 { |
3110 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ | |
3111 has_spell = TRUE; | |
3112 extra_check = TRUE; | |
348 | 3113 |
3114 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next | |
3115 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". | |
3116 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ | |
3117 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; | |
3118 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3119 { | |
3120 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
3121 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); | |
3122 } | |
3123 | |
3124 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current | |
3125 * line is valid. */ | |
3126 if (lnum == checked_lnum) | |
3127 cur_checked_col = checked_col; | |
3128 checked_lnum = 0; | |
386 | 3129 |
3130 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a | |
3131 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check | |
3132 * the first word. */ | |
3133 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) | |
3134 cap_col = -1; | |
3135 if (lnum == 1) | |
3136 cap_col = 0; | |
3137 capcol_lnum = 0; | |
221 | 3138 } |
7 | 3139 #endif |
3140 | |
3141 /* | |
3142 * handle visual active in this window | |
3143 */ | |
3144 fromcol = -10; | |
3145 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
3146 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
3147 { | |
3148 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
3149 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
3150 { | |
3151 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
3152 bot = &VIsual; | |
3153 } | |
3154 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
3155 { | |
3156 top = &VIsual; | |
3157 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
3158 } | |
1813 | 3159 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); |
7 | 3160 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ |
3161 { | |
1813 | 3162 if (lnum_in_visual_area) |
7 | 3163 { |
3164 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; | |
3165 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
3166 } | |
3167 } | |
3168 else /* non-block mode */ | |
3169 { | |
3170 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) | |
3171 fromcol = 0; | |
3172 else if (lnum == top->lnum) | |
3173 { | |
3174 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ | |
3175 fromcol = 0; | |
3176 else | |
3177 { | |
3178 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
3179 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) | |
3180 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
3181 } | |
3182 } | |
3183 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) | |
3184 { | |
3185 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 | |
3186 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3187 && bot->coladd == 0 | |
3188 #endif | |
3189 ) | |
3190 { | |
3191 fromcol = -10; | |
3192 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
3193 } | |
36 | 3194 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) |
3195 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 3196 else |
3197 { | |
3198 pos = *bot; | |
3199 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
3200 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
3201 else | |
3202 { | |
3203 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); | |
3204 ++tocol; | |
3205 } | |
3206 } | |
3207 } | |
3208 } | |
3209 | |
3210 #ifndef MSDOS | |
3211 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ | |
3212 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin | |
3213 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3214 && !gui.in_use | |
3215 # endif | |
3216 ) | |
3217 noinvcur = TRUE; | |
3218 #endif | |
3219 | |
3220 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ | |
3221 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
3222 { | |
3223 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
3224 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); | |
3225 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) | |
3674 | 3226 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned |
3227 && clip_isautosel_star()) | |
3228 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned | |
3229 && clip_isautosel_plus())) | |
7 | 3230 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); |
3231 #endif | |
3232 } | |
3233 } | |
3234 | |
3235 /* | |
674 | 3236 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting |
7 | 3237 */ |
5735 | 3238 else if (highlight_match |
7 | 3239 && wp == curwin |
3240 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
3241 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
3242 { | |
3243 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
3244 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), | |
3245 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
3246 else | |
3247 fromcol = 0; | |
3248 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
3249 { | |
3250 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
3251 pos.col = search_match_endcol; | |
3252 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
3253 } | |
3254 else | |
3255 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
1850 | 3256 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ |
3257 if (fromcol == tocol) | |
3258 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
7 | 3259 area_highlighting = TRUE; |
3260 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); | |
3261 } | |
3262 | |
3263 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3264 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); | |
3265 if (filler_lines < 0) | |
3266 { | |
3267 if (filler_lines == -1) | |
3268 { | |
3269 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) | |
3270 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
3271 else if (change_start == 0) | |
3272 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ | |
3273 else | |
3274 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ | |
3275 } | |
3276 else | |
3277 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
3278 filler_lines = 0; | |
3279 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
3280 } | |
3281 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
3282 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; | |
3283 filler_todo = filler_lines; | |
3284 #endif | |
3285 | |
3286 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
3287 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
3288 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ | |
3289 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); | |
3290 if (v != 0) | |
3291 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); | |
3292 # endif | |
3293 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
3294 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ | |
644 | 3295 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) |
7 | 3296 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); |
3297 # endif | |
3298 if (line_attr != 0) | |
3299 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
3300 #endif | |
3301 | |
3302 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
3303 ptr = line; | |
3304 | |
743 | 3305 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
348 | 3306 if (has_spell) |
3307 { | |
386 | 3308 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ |
3309 if (cap_col == 0) | |
835 | 3310 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
386 | 3311 |
348 | 3312 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the |
3313 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was | |
3314 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ | |
3315 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) | |
3316 { | |
3317 /* No next line or it is empty. */ | |
3318 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; | |
3319 nextline_idx = 0; | |
3320 } | |
3321 else | |
3322 { | |
835 | 3323 v = (long)STRLEN(line); |
348 | 3324 if (v < SPWORDLEN) |
3325 { | |
3326 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the | |
3327 * next line. */ | |
3328 nextlinecol = 0; | |
3329 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); | |
1621 | 3330 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); |
348 | 3331 nextline_idx = v + 1; |
3332 } | |
3333 else | |
3334 { | |
3335 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ | |
3336 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; | |
3337 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); | |
3338 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; | |
3339 } | |
3340 } | |
3341 } | |
3342 #endif | |
3343 | |
7 | 3344 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ |
3345 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) | |
3346 { | |
3347 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); | |
3348 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) | |
3349 --trailcol; | |
3350 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); | |
3351 extra_check = TRUE; | |
3352 } | |
3353 | |
3354 /* | |
3355 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the | |
3356 * first character to be displayed. | |
3357 */ | |
3358 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
3359 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
3360 else | |
3361 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
3362 if (v > 0) | |
3363 { | |
3364 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3365 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; | |
3366 #endif | |
3367 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) | |
3368 { | |
5995 | 3369 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); |
7 | 3370 vcol += c; |
3371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3372 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
39 | 3373 #endif |
3374 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); | |
7 | 3375 } |
3376 | |
1984 | 3377 /* When: |
3378 * - 'cuc' is set, or | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3379 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or |
1984 | 3380 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or |
3381 * - the visual mode is active, | |
3382 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. | |
3383 */ | |
3384 if (vcol < v && ( | |
5735 | 3385 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
3386 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || | |
3387 #endif | |
3388 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3389 virtual_active() || | |
3390 #endif | |
3391 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) | |
1984 | 3392 { |
7 | 3393 vcol = v; |
1984 | 3394 } |
7 | 3395 |
3396 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at | |
3397 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ | |
3398 if (vcol > v) | |
3399 { | |
3400 vcol -= c; | |
3401 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3402 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
3403 #else | |
3404 --ptr; | |
3405 #endif | |
3406 n_skip = v - vcol; | |
3407 } | |
3408 | |
3409 /* | |
3410 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, | |
3411 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. | |
3412 */ | |
3413 if (tocol <= vcol) | |
3414 fromcol = 0; | |
3415 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) | |
3416 fromcol = vcol; | |
3417 | |
3418 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
3419 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ | |
3420 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
3421 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
3422 #endif | |
743 | 3423 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
499 | 3424 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the |
3425 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ | |
3426 if (has_spell) | |
3427 { | |
3428 int len; | |
1536 | 3429 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); |
534 | 3430 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
499 | 3431 |
3432 pos = wp->w_cursor; | |
3433 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
1536 | 3434 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; |
534 | 3435 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); |
1536 | 3436 |
3437 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ | |
3438 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
3439 ptr = line + linecol; | |
3440 | |
530 | 3441 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) |
499 | 3442 { |
3443 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a | |
3444 * word */ | |
534 | 3445 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
3572 | 3446 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); |
499 | 3447 } |
3448 else | |
534 | 3449 { |
499 | 3450 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ |
3451 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; | |
3452 | |
534 | 3453 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
3454 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
3455 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
3456 } | |
499 | 3457 wp->w_cursor = pos; |
501 | 3458 |
743 | 3459 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
501 | 3460 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ |
3461 if (has_syntax) | |
3462 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
743 | 3463 # endif |
499 | 3464 } |
3465 #endif | |
7 | 3466 } |
3467 | |
3468 /* | |
3469 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. | |
3470 * Avoids having to check this for each character. | |
3471 */ | |
3472 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
3473 { | |
3474 if (noinvcur) | |
3475 { | |
3476 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) | |
3477 { | |
3478 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the | |
3479 * cursor */ | |
3480 fromcol_prev = fromcol; | |
3481 fromcol = -1; | |
3482 } | |
3483 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) | |
3484 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ | |
3485 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; | |
3486 } | |
3487 if (fromcol >= tocol) | |
3488 fromcol = -1; | |
3489 } | |
3490 | |
3491 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
3492 /* | |
1326 | 3493 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. |
3494 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. | |
7 | 3495 */ |
1326 | 3496 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
3497 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
3498 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
3499 { | |
3500 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
3501 { | |
3502 shl = &search_hl; | |
3503 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
3504 } | |
3505 else | |
3506 shl = &cur->hl; | |
36 | 3507 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; |
3508 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 3509 shl->attr_cur = 0; |
5979 | 3510 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
3511 if (cur != NULL) | |
3512 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
3513 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); | |
3514 | |
3515 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it | |
3516 * invalid. */ | |
3517 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
3518 ptr = line + v; | |
3519 | |
3520 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) | |
3521 { | |
3522 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
3523 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
3524 else | |
3525 shl->startcol = 0; | |
3526 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
3527 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) | |
3528 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
3529 else | |
3530 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
3531 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ | |
3532 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
3533 { | |
3534 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3535 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) | |
3536 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); | |
7 | 3537 else |
5979 | 3538 #endif |
3539 ++shl->endcol; | |
3540 } | |
3541 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ | |
3542 { | |
3543 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
3544 search_attr = shl->attr; | |
3545 } | |
3546 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
7 | 3547 } |
1326 | 3548 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
3549 cur = cur->next; | |
7 | 3550 } |
3551 #endif | |
3552 | |
743 | 3553 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3554 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not |
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3555 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected |
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3556 * then. */ |
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3557 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
5979 | 3558 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) |
743 | 3559 { |
3560 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); | |
3561 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
3562 } | |
3563 #endif | |
3564 | |
504 | 3565 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
7 | 3566 col = 0; |
3567 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
3568 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
3569 { | |
3570 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put | |
3571 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the | |
3572 * rightmost column of the window. */ | |
3573 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; | |
3574 off += col; | |
3575 } | |
3576 #endif | |
3577 | |
3578 /* | |
3579 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. | |
3580 */ | |
3581 for (;;) | |
3582 { | |
3583 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ | |
3584 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) | |
3585 { | |
3586 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
3587 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3588 { | |
3589 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; | |
3590 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
3591 { | |
3592 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ | |
3593 n_extra = 1; | |
1340 | 3594 c_extra = cmdwin_type; |
7 | 3595 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); |
3596 } | |
3597 } | |
3598 #endif | |
3599 | |
3600 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3601 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3602 { | |
6553 | 3603 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); |
3604 | |
7 | 3605 draw_state = WL_FOLD; |
6553 | 3606 if (fdc > 0) |
7 | 3607 { |
3608 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ | |
3609 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); | |
6553 | 3610 n_extra = fdc; |
7 | 3611 p_extra = extra; |
1340 | 3612 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; |
7 | 3613 c_extra = NUL; |
3614 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); | |
3615 } | |
3616 } | |
3617 #endif | |
3618 | |
3619 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
3620 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3621 { | |
3622 draw_state = WL_SIGN; | |
3623 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this | |
3624 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ | |
5921 | 3625 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) |
7 | 3626 { |
2661 | 3627 int text_sign; |
7 | 3628 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS |
2661 | 3629 int icon_sign; |
7 | 3630 # endif |
3631 | |
3632 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ | |
3633 c_extra = ' '; | |
3634 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); | |
3635 n_extra = 2; | |
3636 | |
5921 | 3637 if (row == startrow |
3638 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3639 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 | |
3640 #endif | |
3641 ) | |
7 | 3642 { |
3643 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
3644 SIGN_TEXT); | |
3645 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
3646 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
3647 SIGN_ICON); | |
3648 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) | |
3649 { | |
3650 /* Use the image in this position. */ | |
3651 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; | |
3652 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
3653 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) | |
3654 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; | |
3655 # endif | |
3656 char_attr = icon_sign; | |
3657 } | |
3658 else | |
3659 # endif | |
3660 if (text_sign != 0) | |
3661 { | |
3662 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); | |
3663 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
3664 { | |
3665 c_extra = NUL; | |
835 | 3666 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); |
7 | 3667 } |
3668 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); | |
3669 } | |
3670 } | |
3671 } | |
3672 } | |
3673 #endif | |
3674 | |
3675 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3676 { | |
3677 draw_state = WL_NR; | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3678 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3679 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3680 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
7 | 3681 && (row == startrow |
3682 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3683 + filler_lines | |
3684 #endif | |
3685 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) | |
3686 { | |
3687 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ | |
3688 if (row == startrow | |
3689 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3690 + filler_lines | |
3691 #endif | |
3692 ) | |
3693 { | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3694 long num; |
4065 | 3695 char *fmt = "%*ld "; |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3696 |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3697 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3698 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3699 num = (long)lnum; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3700 else |
4065 | 3701 { |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3702 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
2675 | 3703 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3704 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
4065 | 3705 { |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3706 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ |
4065 | 3707 num = lnum; |
3708 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
3709 } | |
3710 } | |
3711 | |
3712 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3713 number_width(wp), num); |
7 | 3714 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) |
3715 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) | |
3716 *p_extra = '-'; | |
3717 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
3718 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ | |
3719 rl_mirror(extra); | |
3720 #endif | |
3721 p_extra = extra; | |
3722 c_extra = NUL; | |
3723 } | |
3724 else | |
3725 c_extra = ' '; | |
13 | 3726 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; |
7 | 3727 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); |
743 | 3728 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
3729 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of | |
3427 | 3730 * the current line differently. |
3731 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr | |
3732 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ | |
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3733 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) |
4065 | 3734 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
3427 | 3735 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CLN); |
743 | 3736 #endif |
7 | 3737 } |
3738 } | |
3739 | |
5995 | 3740 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
3741 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 | |
3742 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) | |
3743 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ | |
3744 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
3745 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) | |
3746 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ | |
3747 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; | |
3748 | |
3749 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ | |
3750 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3751 { | |
3752 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
6834 | 3753 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 && row != startrow |
5995 | 3754 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
3755 && filler_lines == 0 | |
6834 | 3756 # endif |
5995 | 3757 ) |
3758 { | |
3759 char_attr = 0; /* was: hl_attr(HLF_AT); */ | |
6834 | 3760 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
5995 | 3761 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
6106 | 3762 { |
5995 | 3763 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
6834 | 3764 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
6106 | 3765 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
3766 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, | |
3767 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
6834 | 3768 # endif |
6106 | 3769 } |
6834 | 3770 # endif |
6028 | 3771 p_extra = NULL; |
5995 | 3772 c_extra = ' '; |
3773 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, | |
3774 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); | |
3775 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', | |
3776 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
3777 if (tocol == vcol) | |
3778 tocol += n_extra; | |
3779 } | |
3780 } | |
3781 #endif | |
3782 | |
7 | 3783 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
3784 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3785 { | |
3786 draw_state = WL_SBR; | |
3787 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3788 if (filler_todo > 0) | |
3789 { | |
3790 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ | |
3791 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
3792 c_extra = '-'; | |
3793 else | |
3794 c_extra = fill_diff; | |
3795 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
3796 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
3797 n_extra = col + 1; | |
3798 else | |
3799 # endif | |
3800 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
3801 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); | |
3802 } | |
3803 # endif | |
3804 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
3805 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) | |
3806 { | |
3807 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ | |
3808 p_extra = p_sbr; | |
3809 c_extra = NUL; | |
3810 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); | |
3811 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
3812 need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
6503 | 3813 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); |
7 | 3814 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', |
3815 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
3816 if (tocol == vcol) | |
3817 tocol += n_extra; | |
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3818 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3819 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ |
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3820 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
6106 | 3821 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, |
3822 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3823 #endif |
7 | 3824 } |
3825 # endif | |
3826 } | |
3827 #endif | |
3828 | |
3829 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3830 { | |
3831 draw_state = WL_LINE; | |
3832 if (saved_n_extra) | |
3833 { | |
3834 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ | |
3835 n_extra = saved_n_extra; | |
3836 c_extra = saved_c_extra; | |
3837 p_extra = saved_p_extra; | |
3838 char_attr = saved_char_attr; | |
3839 } | |
3840 else | |
3841 char_attr = 0; | |
3842 } | |
3843 } | |
3844 | |
3845 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ | |
3318 | 3846 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin |
819 | 3847 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol |
7 | 3848 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
3849 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
3850 #endif | |
3851 ) | |
3852 { | |
3853 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
3854 wp->w_p_rl); | |
819 | 3855 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when |
3856 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ | |
3857 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
3858 if (wp->w_p_cuc) | |
3859 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; | |
3860 else | |
3861 #endif | |
3862 row = wp->w_height; | |
7 | 3863 break; |
3864 } | |
3865 | |
3866 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) | |
3867 { | |
3868 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ | |
3869 if (vcol == fromcol | |
3870 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3871 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 | |
3872 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) | |
3873 #endif | |
3874 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev | |
1814 | 3875 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ |
7 | 3876 && vcol < tocol)) |
3877 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ | |
3878 else if (area_attr != 0 | |
3879 && (vcol == tocol | |
3880 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) | |
3881 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ | |
3882 | |
3883 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
3884 if (!n_extra) | |
3885 { | |
3886 /* | |
3887 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. | |
3888 * After end, check for start/end of next match. | |
3889 * When another match, have to check for start again. | |
3890 * Watch out for matching an empty string! | |
1326 | 3891 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by |
3892 * priority). | |
7 | 3893 */ |
36 | 3894 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
1326 | 3895 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
3896 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
3897 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
3898 { | |
3899 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
3900 && ((cur != NULL | |
3901 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
3902 || cur == NULL)) | |
3903 { | |
3904 shl = &search_hl; | |
3905 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
3906 } | |
3907 else | |
3908 shl = &cur->hl; | |
5979 | 3909 if (cur != NULL) |
3910 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
3911 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
3912 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL | |
3913 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) | |
7 | 3914 { |
36 | 3915 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL |
3916 && v >= (long)shl->startcol | |
3917 && v < (long)shl->endcol) | |
7 | 3918 { |
6430 | 3919 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3920 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); | |
3921 | |
3922 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) | |
3923 shl->endcol = tmp_col; | |
3924 #endif | |
7 | 3925 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; |
3926 } | |
6430 | 3927 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) |
7 | 3928 { |
3929 shl->attr_cur = 0; | |
5979 | 3930 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); |
3931 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
3932 ? FALSE : TRUE; | |
7 | 3933 |
3934 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp | |
3935 * may have made it invalid. */ | |
3936 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
3937 ptr = line + v; | |
3938 | |
3939 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
3940 { | |
36 | 3941 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
7 | 3942 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) |
36 | 3943 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
7 | 3944 else |
36 | 3945 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
3946 | |
3947 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
7 | 3948 { |
3949 /* highlight empty match, try again after | |
3950 * it */ | |
3951 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3952 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 3953 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line |
36 | 3954 + shl->endcol); |
7 | 3955 else |
3956 #endif | |
36 | 3957 ++shl->endcol; |
7 | 3958 } |
3959 | |
3960 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the | |
3961 * current position */ | |
3962 continue; | |
3963 } | |
3964 } | |
3965 break; | |
3966 } | |
1326 | 3967 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
3968 cur = cur->next; | |
3969 } | |
3970 | |
3971 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among | |
3972 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
3973 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; | |
3974 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
3975 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
3976 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
3977 { | |
3978 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
3979 && ((cur != NULL | |
3980 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
3981 || cur == NULL)) | |
699 | 3982 { |
1326 | 3983 shl = &search_hl; |
3984 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
699 | 3985 } |
1326 | 3986 else |
3987 shl = &cur->hl; | |
3988 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) | |
3989 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; | |
3990 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
3991 cur = cur->next; | |
3992 } | |
7 | 3993 } |
3994 #endif | |
3995 | |
3996 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
674 | 3997 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
7 | 3998 { |
1295 | 3999 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start |
4000 && n_extra == 0) | |
7 | 4001 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ |
1295 | 4002 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end |
4003 && n_extra == 0) | |
7 | 4004 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ |
674 | 4005 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
6106 | 4006 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
4007 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
674 | 4008 } |
4009 #endif | |
4010 | |
4011 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ | |
4012 attr_pri = TRUE; | |
6717 | 4013 #ifdef LINE_ATTR |
674 | 4014 if (area_attr != 0) |
6717 | 4015 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); |
674 | 4016 else if (search_attr != 0) |
6717 | 4017 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); |
674 | 4018 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area |
4019 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ | |
4020 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) | |
1842 | 4021 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev |
4022 || vcol >= tocol)) | |
674 | 4023 char_attr = line_attr; |
6717 | 4024 #else |
4025 if (area_attr != 0) | |
4026 char_attr = area_attr; | |
4027 else if (search_attr != 0) | |
4028 char_attr = search_attr; | |
674 | 4029 #endif |
4030 else | |
4031 { | |
4032 attr_pri = FALSE; | |
4033 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
4034 if (has_syntax) | |
4035 char_attr = syntax_attr; | |
4036 else | |
4037 #endif | |
4038 char_attr = 0; | |
4039 } | |
7 | 4040 } |
4041 | |
4042 /* | |
4043 * Get the next character to put on the screen. | |
4044 */ | |
4045 /* | |
1340 | 4046 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to |
4047 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other | |
4048 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. | |
4049 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past | |
4050 * "p_extra[n_extra]". | |
7 | 4051 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". |
4052 */ | |
4053 if (n_extra > 0) | |
4054 { | |
4055 if (c_extra != NUL) | |
4056 { | |
4057 c = c_extra; | |
4058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4059 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ | |
4060 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
4061 { | |
4062 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 4063 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 4064 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 4065 } |
4066 else | |
4067 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4068 #endif | |
4069 } | |
4070 else | |
4071 { | |
4072 c = *p_extra; | |
4073 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4074 if (has_mbyte) | |
4075 { | |
4076 mb_c = c; | |
4077 if (enc_utf8) | |
4078 { | |
4079 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: | |
4080 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ | |
474 | 4081 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); |
7 | 4082 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
4083 if (mb_l > n_extra) | |
4084 mb_l = 1; | |
4085 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
4086 { | |
714 | 4087 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); |
7 | 4088 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
819 | 4089 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 4090 } |
4091 } | |
4092 else | |
4093 { | |
4094 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ | |
4095 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
4096 if (mb_l >= n_extra) | |
4097 mb_l = 1; | |
4098 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
4099 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; | |
4100 } | |
504 | 4101 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ |
4102 mb_l = 1; | |
4103 | |
7 | 4104 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the |
4105 * last column. */ | |
504 | 4106 if (( |
7 | 4107 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
4108 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
4109 # endif | |
504 | 4110 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) |
7 | 4111 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) |
4112 { | |
4113 c = '>'; | |
4114 mb_c = c; | |
4115 mb_l = 1; | |
4116 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4117 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
4118 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width | |
4119 * character at the start of the next line. */ | |
4120 ++n_extra; | |
4121 --p_extra; | |
4122 } | |
4123 else | |
4124 { | |
4125 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; | |
4126 p_extra += mb_l - 1; | |
4127 } | |
4128 } | |
4129 #endif | |
4130 ++p_extra; | |
4131 } | |
4132 --n_extra; | |
4133 } | |
4134 else | |
4135 { | |
6026 | 4136 if (p_extra_free != NULL) |
4137 { | |
4138 vim_free(p_extra_free); | |
4139 p_extra_free = NULL; | |
4140 } | |
7 | 4141 /* |
4142 * Get a character from the line itself. | |
4143 */ | |
4144 c = *ptr; | |
4145 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4146 if (has_mbyte) | |
4147 { | |
4148 mb_c = c; | |
4149 if (enc_utf8) | |
4150 { | |
4151 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it | |
4152 * into "mb_c". */ | |
474 | 4153 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 4154 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
4155 if (mb_l > 1) | |
4156 { | |
714 | 4157 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
7 | 4158 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char |
4159 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ | |
4160 if (mb_c < 0x80) | |
4161 c = mb_c; | |
4162 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
507 | 4163 |
4164 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. | |
4165 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ | |
4166 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) | |
4167 { | |
1326 | 4168 int i; |
4169 | |
714 | 4170 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) |
4171 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; | |
4172 u8cc[0] = mb_c; | |
507 | 4173 mb_c = ' '; |
4174 } | |
7 | 4175 } |
4176 | |
4177 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) | |
4178 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) | |
4179 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) | |
1401 | 4180 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
4181 || mb_c >= 0x10000 | |
4182 # endif | |
4183 ))) | |
7 | 4184 { |
4185 /* | |
4186 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. | |
4187 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. | |
4188 */ | |
1401 | 4189 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
7 | 4190 if (mb_c < 0x10000) |
1401 | 4191 # endif |
7 | 4192 { |
4193 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); | |
714 | 4194 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
7 | 4195 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ |
4196 rl_mirror(extra); | |
714 | 4197 # endif |
7 | 4198 } |
1401 | 4199 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
7 | 4200 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) |
4201 STRCPY(extra, "?"); | |
4202 else | |
4203 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ | |
4204 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); | |
1401 | 4205 # endif |
7 | 4206 |
4207 p_extra = extra; | |
4208 c = *p_extra; | |
4209 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); | |
4210 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); | |
4211 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
4212 c_extra = NUL; | |
4213 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
4214 { | |
4215 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
4216 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4217 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4218 } | |
4219 } | |
4220 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
4221 mb_l = 1; | |
4222 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
4223 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) | |
4224 { | |
4225 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
714 | 4226 int pc, pc1, nc; |
4227 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
7 | 4228 |
4229 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
4230 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
4231 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
4232 { | |
4233 pc = prev_c; | |
4234 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
4235 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); | |
714 | 4236 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
7 | 4237 } |
4238 else | |
4239 { | |
714 | 4240 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); |
7 | 4241 nc = prev_c; |
714 | 4242 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
7 | 4243 } |
4244 prev_c = mb_c; | |
4245 | |
714 | 4246 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); |
7 | 4247 } |
4248 else | |
4249 prev_c = mb_c; | |
4250 #endif | |
4251 } | |
4252 else /* enc_dbcs */ | |
4253 { | |
4254 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
4255 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
4256 mb_l = 1; | |
4257 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
4258 { | |
4259 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. | |
4260 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! | |
4261 */ | |
4262 if (ptr[1] >= 32) | |
4263 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; | |
4264 else | |
4265 { | |
4266 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
4267 { | |
4268 /* head byte at end of line */ | |
4269 mb_l = 1; | |
4270 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); | |
4271 } | |
4272 else | |
4273 { | |
4274 /* illegal tail byte */ | |
4275 mb_l = 2; | |
4276 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); | |
4277 } | |
4278 p_extra = extra; | |
4279 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; | |
4280 c_extra = NUL; | |
4281 c = *p_extra++; | |
4282 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
4283 { | |
4284 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
4285 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4286 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4287 } | |
4288 mb_c = c; | |
4289 } | |
4290 } | |
4291 } | |
4292 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the | |
4293 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the | |
4294 * next line. */ | |
4295 if (( | |
4296 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
4297 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
4298 # endif | |
4299 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) | |
4300 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) | |
4301 { | |
4302 c = '>'; | |
4303 mb_c = c; | |
4304 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4305 mb_l = 1; | |
4306 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
4307 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be | |
4308 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ | |
4309 --ptr; | |
4310 } | |
4311 else if (*ptr != NUL) | |
4312 ptr += mb_l - 1; | |
4313 | |
4314 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display | |
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4315 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable |
4352 | 4316 * characters. */ |
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4317 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) |
7 | 4318 { |
4319 n_extra = 1; | |
3586 | 4320 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; |
7 | 4321 c = ' '; |
4322 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
4323 { | |
4324 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
4325 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
4326 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4327 } | |
4328 mb_c = c; | |
4329 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4330 mb_l = 1; | |
4331 } | |
4332 | |
4333 } | |
4334 #endif | |
4335 ++ptr; | |
4336 | |
6777 | 4337 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. */ |
4338 if (wp->w_p_list | |
4339 && (((c == 160 | |
4340 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6801 | 4341 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) |
6777 | 4342 #endif |
4343 ) && lcs_nbsp) | |
6795 | 4344 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) |
6777 | 4345 { |
4346 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; | |
12 | 4347 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) |
4348 { | |
4349 n_attr = 1; | |
4350 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4351 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4352 } | |
4353 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4354 mb_c = c; | |
4355 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
4356 { | |
4357 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 4358 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 4359 c = 0xc0; |
12 | 4360 } |
4361 else | |
4362 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4363 #endif | |
4364 } | |
4365 | |
7 | 4366 if (extra_check) |
4367 { | |
743 | 4368 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 4369 int can_spell = TRUE; |
743 | 4370 #endif |
4371 | |
4372 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
7 | 4373 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line |
4374 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ | |
221 | 4375 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
4376 if (has_syntax && v > 0) | |
7 | 4377 { |
4378 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there | |
4379 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ | |
4380 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
4381 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
4382 | |
221 | 4383 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, |
743 | 4384 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4385 has_spell ? &can_spell : |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4386 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4387 NULL, FALSE); |
7 | 4388 |
4389 if (did_emsg) | |
482 | 4390 { |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4391 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
482 | 4392 has_syntax = FALSE; |
4393 } | |
7 | 4394 else |
4395 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
4396 | |
4397 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may | |
4398 * have made it invalid. */ | |
4399 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
4400 ptr = line + v; | |
4401 | |
674 | 4402 if (!attr_pri) |
7 | 4403 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
301 | 4404 else |
303 | 4405 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); |
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4406 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4407 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes |
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4408 * with line highlighting */ |
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4409 if (c == NUL) |
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4410 syntax_flags = 0; |
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4411 else |
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4412 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); |
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4413 # endif |
7 | 4414 } |
743 | 4415 #endif |
4416 | |
4417 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
301 | 4418 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). |
319 | 4419 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the |
4420 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item | |
4421 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ | |
348 | 4422 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) |
221 | 4423 { |
230 | 4424 spell_attr = 0; |
743 | 4425 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
674 | 4426 if (!attr_pri) |
230 | 4427 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
743 | 4428 # endif |
4429 if (c != 0 && ( | |
4430 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
4431 !has_syntax || | |
4432 # endif | |
4433 can_spell)) | |
221 | 4434 { |
348 | 4435 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; |
4436 int len; | |
534 | 4437 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
221 | 4438 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
336 | 4439 if (has_mbyte) |
4440 { | |
4441 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; | |
4442 v -= mb_l - 1; | |
4443 } | |
4444 else | |
221 | 4445 # endif |
336 | 4446 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; |
348 | 4447 |
4448 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the | |
4449 * next line concatenated. */ | |
4450 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) | |
4451 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; | |
4452 else | |
4453 p = prev_ptr; | |
835 | 4454 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
625 | 4455 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, |
4456 nochange); | |
348 | 4457 word_end = v + len; |
301 | 4458 |
4459 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that | |
4460 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ | |
534 | 4461 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT |
301 | 4462 && (State & INSERT) != 0 |
4463 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum | |
4464 && wp->w_cursor.col >= | |
4465 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) | |
4466 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) | |
221 | 4467 { |
534 | 4468 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
301 | 4469 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; |
221 | 4470 } |
348 | 4471 |
534 | 4472 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr |
348 | 4473 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) |
4474 { | |
4475 /* Remember that the good word continues at the | |
4476 * start of the next line. */ | |
4477 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
835 | 4478 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); |
348 | 4479 } |
386 | 4480 |
534 | 4481 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
4482 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
4483 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
4484 | |
386 | 4485 if (cap_col > 0) |
4486 { | |
4487 if (p != prev_ptr | |
4488 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) | |
4489 { | |
4490 /* Remember that the word in the next line | |
4491 * must start with a capital. */ | |
4492 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
835 | 4493 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col |
4494 - nextline_idx); | |
386 | 4495 } |
4496 else | |
4497 /* Compute the actual column. */ | |
835 | 4498 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
386 | 4499 } |
221 | 4500 } |
4501 } | |
4502 if (spell_attr != 0) | |
348 | 4503 { |
674 | 4504 if (!attr_pri) |
348 | 4505 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); |
4506 else | |
4507 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); | |
4508 } | |
7 | 4509 #endif |
4510 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
4511 /* | |
221 | 4512 * Found last space before word: check for line break. |
7 | 4513 */ |
6026 | 4514 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)) |
7 | 4515 { |
6681 | 4516 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
6693 | 4517 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; |
6681 | 4518 # endif |
5995 | 4519 char_u *p = ptr - ( |
7 | 4520 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
6693 | 4521 mb_off + |
7 | 4522 # endif |
5995 | 4523 1); |
6681 | 4524 |
5995 | 4525 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ |
6026 | 4526 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, |
5995 | 4527 NULL) - 1; |
6371 | 4528 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
4529 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts | |
4530 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; | |
4531 | |
6681 | 4532 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
6693 | 4533 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; |
6681 | 4534 # else |
7 | 4535 c_extra = ' '; |
6681 | 4536 # endif |
7 | 4537 if (vim_iswhite(c)) |
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4538 { |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4539 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4540 if (c == TAB) |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4541 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4542 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4543 #endif |
6026 | 4544 if (!wp->w_p_list) |
4545 c = ' '; | |
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4546 } |
7 | 4547 } |
4548 #endif | |
4549 | |
4550 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') | |
4551 { | |
4552 c = lcs_trail; | |
674 | 4553 if (!attr_pri) |
7 | 4554 { |
4555 n_attr = 1; | |
4556 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4557 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4558 } | |
4559 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4560 mb_c = c; | |
4561 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
4562 { | |
4563 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 4564 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 4565 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 4566 } |
4567 else | |
4568 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4569 #endif | |
4570 } | |
4571 } | |
4572 | |
4573 /* | |
4574 * Handling of non-printable characters. | |
4575 */ | |
819 | 4576 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) |
7 | 4577 { |
4578 /* | |
4579 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to | |
4580 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it | |
4581 * into "ScreenLines". | |
4582 */ | |
4583 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
4584 { | |
6026 | 4585 int tab_len = 0; |
6503 | 4586 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ |
4587 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
4588 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column | |
4589 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ | |
4590 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) | |
4591 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); | |
4592 #endif | |
7 | 4593 /* tab amount depends on current column */ |
6026 | 4594 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts |
6503 | 4595 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; |
4596 | |
6026 | 4597 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6100 | 4598 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) |
6026 | 4599 #endif |
4600 /* tab amount depends on current column */ | |
4601 n_extra = tab_len; | |
4602 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
4603 else | |
4604 { | |
4605 char_u *p; | |
4606 int len = n_extra; | |
4607 int i; | |
4608 int saved_nextra = n_extra; | |
4609 | |
6172 | 4610 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
6627 | 4611 if (vcol_off > 0) |
6172 | 4612 /* there are characters to conceal */ |
4613 tab_len += vcol_off; | |
6520 | 4614 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above |
4615 */ | |
4616 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 | |
4617 && n_extra > tab_len) | |
4618 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; | |
4619 #endif | |
4620 | |
6026 | 4621 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to |
4622 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width | |
4623 * for a tab */ | |
4624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4625 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); | |
4626 if (n_extra > 0) | |
4627 len += n_extra - tab_len; | |
4628 #endif | |
4629 c = lcs_tab1; | |
4630 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); | |
4631 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); | |
4632 p[len] = NUL; | |
4633 p_extra_free = p; | |
4634 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) | |
4635 { | |
4636 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4637 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); | |
4638 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); | |
4639 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) | |
4640 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); | |
4641 #else | |
4642 p[i] = lcs_tab2; | |
4643 #endif | |
4644 } | |
4645 p_extra = p_extra_free; | |
6172 | 4646 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
4647 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS | |
4648 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ | |
6627 | 4649 if (vcol_off > 0) |
6172 | 4650 n_extra -= vcol_off; |
4651 #endif | |
6026 | 4652 } |
4653 #endif | |
3984 | 4654 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
6627 | 4655 { |
4656 int vc_saved = vcol_off; | |
4657 | |
4658 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of | |
4659 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all | |
4660 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets | |
4661 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the | |
4662 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than | |
4663 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ | |
4664 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; | |
4665 | |
4666 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be | |
4667 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the | |
4668 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ | |
4669 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list | |
6520 | 4670 && lcs_tab1) |
6627 | 4671 tab_len += vc_saved; |
4672 } | |
3984 | 4673 #endif |
7 | 4674 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
4675 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
4676 #endif | |
4677 if (wp->w_p_list) | |
4678 { | |
4679 c = lcs_tab1; | |
6026 | 4680 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
4681 if (wp->w_p_lbr) | |
4682 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ | |
4683 else | |
4684 #endif | |
4685 c_extra = lcs_tab2; | |
4686 n_attr = tab_len + 1; | |
7 | 4687 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); |
4688 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4689 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4690 mb_c = c; | |
4691 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
4692 { | |
4693 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 4694 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 4695 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 4696 } |
4697 #endif | |
4698 } | |
4699 else | |
4700 { | |
4701 c_extra = ' '; | |
4702 c = ' '; | |
4703 } | |
4704 } | |
36 | 4705 else if (c == NUL |
6799 | 4706 && (wp->w_p_list |
36 | 4707 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) |
4708 && tocol > vcol | |
4709 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
4710 && ( | |
4711 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
4712 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
4713 # endif | |
4714 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
4715 && !(noinvcur | |
1850 | 4716 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
36 | 4717 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) |
6815 | 4718 && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
7 | 4719 { |
36 | 4720 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra |
4721 * character if the line break is included. */ | |
7 | 4722 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) |
4723 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the | |
4724 * "$". */ | |
4725 if ( | |
4726 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
534 | 4727 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 |
7 | 4728 # ifdef LINE_ATTR |
4729 && | |
4730 # endif | |
4731 # endif | |
4732 # ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
4733 line_attr == 0 | |
4734 # endif | |
4735 ) | |
4736 #endif | |
4737 { | |
4738 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
4739 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend | |
4740 * beyond end of line. */ | |
4741 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() | |
4742 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) | |
4743 n_extra = 0; | |
4744 else | |
4745 #endif | |
4746 { | |
4747 p_extra = at_end_str; | |
4748 n_extra = 1; | |
4749 c_extra = NUL; | |
4750 } | |
4751 } | |
6799 | 4752 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) |
36 | 4753 c = lcs_eol; |
4754 else | |
4755 c = ' '; | |
7 | 4756 lcs_eol_one = -1; |
4757 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
674 | 4758 if (!attr_pri) |
7 | 4759 { |
4760 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
4761 n_attr = 1; | |
4762 } | |
4763 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4764 mb_c = c; | |
4765 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
4766 { | |
4767 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 4768 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 4769 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 4770 } |
4771 else | |
4772 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
4773 #endif | |
4774 } | |
4775 else if (c != NUL) | |
4776 { | |
4777 p_extra = transchar(c); | |
6064 | 4778 if (n_extra == 0) |
4779 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
7 | 4780 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
4781 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) | |
4782 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ | |
4783 #endif | |
4784 c_extra = NUL; | |
6026 | 4785 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
4786 if (wp->w_p_lbr) | |
4787 { | |
4788 char_u *p; | |
4789 | |
4790 c = *p_extra; | |
4791 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); | |
4792 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); | |
4793 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); | |
4794 p[n_extra] = NUL; | |
4795 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; | |
4796 } | |
4797 else | |
4798 #endif | |
4799 { | |
4800 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
4801 c = *p_extra++; | |
4802 } | |
674 | 4803 if (!attr_pri) |
7 | 4804 { |
4805 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
4806 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4807 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4808 } | |
4809 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4810 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
4811 #endif | |
4812 } | |
4813 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
4814 else if (VIsual_active | |
4815 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V | |
4816 || VIsual_mode == 'v') | |
4817 && virtual_active() | |
4818 && tocol != MAXCOL | |
4819 && vcol < tocol | |
4820 && ( | |
4821 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
4822 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
4823 # endif | |
4824 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
4825 { | |
4826 c = ' '; | |
4827 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
4828 } | |
4829 #endif | |
910 | 4830 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
7 | 4831 else if (( |
4832 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
910 | 4833 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || |
7 | 4834 # endif |
4835 line_attr != 0 | |
4836 ) && ( | |
4837 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
4838 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
4839 # endif | |
2553
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4840 (col |
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4841 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4842 - boguscols |
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4843 # endif |
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4844 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) |
7 | 4845 { |
4846 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ | |
4847 c = ' '; | |
4848 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
867 | 4849 |
4850 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ | |
4851 ++did_line_attr; | |
4852 | |
4853 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ | |
4854 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) | |
4855 char_attr = line_attr; | |
7 | 4856 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
4857 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) | |
4858 { | |
4859 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; | |
4860 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) | |
6106 | 4861 { |
7 | 4862 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
6106 | 4863 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
4864 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, | |
4865 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
4866 } | |
7 | 4867 } |
4868 # endif | |
4869 } | |
4870 #endif | |
4871 } | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4872 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4873 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4874 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4875 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4876 conceal_cursor_line(wp)) |
2380
b47748aa3236
Don't conceal text in lines inside the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4877 && (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 |
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4878 && !(lnum_in_visual_area |
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4879 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4880 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4881 char_attr = conceal_attr; |
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4882 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4883 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || wp->w_p_cole == 1) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4884 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) |
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4885 { |
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4886 /* First time at this concealed item: display one |
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4887 * character. */ |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4888 if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4889 c = syn_get_sub_char(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4890 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4891 c = lcs_conceal; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4892 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4893 c = ' '; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4894 |
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4895 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4896 |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4897 if (n_extra > 0) |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4898 vcol_off += n_extra; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4899 vcol += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4900 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4901 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4902 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4903 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4904 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4905 col -= n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4906 boguscols -= n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4907 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4908 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4909 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4910 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4911 boguscols += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4912 col += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4913 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4914 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4915 n_extra = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4916 n_attr = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4917 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4918 else if (n_skip == 0) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4919 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4920 is_concealing = TRUE; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4921 n_skip = 1; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4922 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4923 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4924 mb_c = c; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4925 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4926 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4927 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4928 u8cc[0] = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4929 c = 0xc0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4930 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4931 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4932 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4933 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4934 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4935 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4936 { |
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4937 prev_syntax_id = 0; |
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4938 is_concealing = FALSE; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4939 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4940 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
7 | 4941 } |
4942 | |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4943 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4944 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4945 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ |
2381
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4946 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE |
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4947 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4948 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4949 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4950 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4951 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; |
2393
210a5605e126
Fix for cursor position in wrapped line with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2392
diff
changeset
|
4952 wp->w_wrow = row; |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4953 did_wcol = TRUE; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4954 } |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4955 #endif |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4956 |
7 | 4957 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ |
4958 if (n_attr > 0 | |
4959 && draw_state == WL_LINE | |
674 | 4960 && !attr_pri) |
7 | 4961 char_attr = extra_attr; |
4962 | |
42 | 4963 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
7 | 4964 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send |
4965 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use | |
4966 * im_is_preediting() here. */ | |
4967 if (xic != NULL | |
1850 | 4968 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
7 | 4969 && (State & INSERT) |
4970 && !p_imdisable | |
4971 && im_is_preediting() | |
4972 && draw_state == WL_LINE) | |
4973 { | |
4974 colnr_T tcol; | |
4975 | |
4976 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) | |
1850 | 4977 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); |
7 | 4978 else |
4979 tcol = preedit_end_col; | |
4980 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) | |
4981 { | |
4982 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) | |
4983 { | |
4984 feedback_col = 0; | |
4985 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; | |
4986 } | |
4987 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); | |
4988 if (char_attr < 0) | |
4989 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
4990 feedback_col++; | |
4991 } | |
4992 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) | |
4993 { | |
4994 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
4995 feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
4996 feedback_col = 0; | |
4997 } | |
4998 } | |
4999 #endif | |
5000 /* | |
5001 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first | |
5002 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a | |
5003 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". | |
5004 */ | |
5005 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL | |
6276 | 5006 && wp->w_p_list |
7 | 5007 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) |
5008 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5009 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
5010 #endif | |
5011 && draw_state > WL_NR | |
5012 && c != NUL) | |
5013 { | |
5014 c = lcs_prec; | |
5015 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; | |
5016 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3586 | 5017 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
5018 { | |
5019 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" | |
5020 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ | |
5021 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; | |
5022 n_extra = 1; | |
5023 n_attr = 2; | |
5024 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
5025 } | |
7 | 5026 mb_c = c; |
5027 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
5028 { | |
5029 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 5030 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 5031 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 5032 } |
5033 else | |
5034 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
5035 #endif | |
674 | 5036 if (!attr_pri) |
7 | 5037 { |
5038 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
5039 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ | |
5040 n_attr3 = 1; | |
5041 } | |
5042 } | |
5043 | |
5044 /* | |
867 | 5045 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. |
7 | 5046 */ |
867 | 5047 if (c == NUL |
910 | 5048 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
867 | 5049 || did_line_attr == 1 |
5050 #endif | |
5051 ) | |
5052 { | |
5053 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
5054 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); | |
1437 | 5055 |
5056 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ | |
1439 | 5057 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) |
1437 | 5058 ++prevcol; |
867 | 5059 #endif |
5060 | |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5061 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or |
7 | 5062 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last |
5063 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not | |
5064 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ | |
1326 | 5065 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
5066 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; | |
5067 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) | |
5068 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
5069 else | |
5070 { | |
5071 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
5072 while (cur != NULL) | |
5073 { | |
5074 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) | |
5075 { | |
5076 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
5077 break; | |
5078 } | |
5079 cur = cur->next; | |
5080 } | |
5081 } | |
5082 #endif | |
7 | 5083 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one |
1850 | 5084 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol |
5085 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
5086 || lnum == VIsual.lnum | |
5087 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
5088 && c == NUL) | |
7 | 5089 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
5090 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ | |
1326 | 5091 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE |
910 | 5092 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
867 | 5093 && did_line_attr <= 1 |
5094 # endif | |
5095 ) | |
7 | 5096 #endif |
5097 )) | |
5098 { | |
5099 int n = 0; | |
5100 | |
5101 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5102 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
5103 { | |
5104 if (col < 0) | |
5105 n = 1; | |
5106 } | |
5107 else | |
5108 #endif | |
5109 { | |
5110 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
5111 n = -1; | |
5112 } | |
5113 if (n != 0) | |
5114 { | |
5115 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character | |
5116 * instead (better than nothing). */ | |
5117 off += n; | |
5118 col += n; | |
5119 } | |
5120 else | |
5121 { | |
5122 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ | |
5123 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
5124 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5125 if (enc_utf8) | |
5126 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
5127 #endif | |
5128 } | |
5129 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
5130 if (area_attr == 0) | |
5131 { | |
1326 | 5132 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among |
5133 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
5134 char_attr = search_hl.attr; | |
5135 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
5136 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
5137 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
699 | 5138 { |
1326 | 5139 if (shl_flag == FALSE |
5140 && ((cur != NULL | |
5141 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
5142 || cur == NULL)) | |
699 | 5143 { |
1326 | 5144 shl = &search_hl; |
5145 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
699 | 5146 } |
1326 | 5147 else |
5148 shl = &cur->hl; | |
5149 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) | |
5150 char_attr = shl->attr; | |
5151 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
5152 cur = cur->next; | |
699 | 5153 } |
7 | 5154 } |
5155 #endif | |
5156 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
5157 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5158 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
1437 | 5159 { |
7 | 5160 --col; |
1437 | 5161 --off; |
5162 } | |
7 | 5163 else |
5164 #endif | |
1437 | 5165 { |
7 | 5166 ++col; |
1437 | 5167 ++off; |
5168 } | |
743 | 5169 ++vcol; |
1437 | 5170 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
5171 eol_hl_off = 1; | |
5172 #endif | |
743 | 5173 } |
867 | 5174 } |
5175 | |
5176 /* | |
5177 * At end of the text line. | |
5178 */ | |
5179 if (c == NUL) | |
5180 { | |
743 | 5181 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1850 | 5182 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
5183 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
1437 | 5184 { |
5185 /* highlight last char after line */ | |
5186 --col; | |
5187 --off; | |
5188 --vcol; | |
5189 } | |
5190 | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5191 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ |
758 | 5192 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
5193 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
5194 else | |
5195 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5196 |
820 | 5197 /* check if line ends before left margin */ |
5198 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) | |
5199 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); | |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5200 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5201 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5202 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5203 col -= boguscols; |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5204 boguscols = 0; |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5205 #endif |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5206 |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5207 if (draw_color_col) |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5208 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5209 |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5210 if (((wp->w_p_cuc |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5211 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5212 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5213 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5214 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5215 || draw_color_col) |
743 | 5216 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
5217 && !wp->w_p_rl | |
5218 # endif | |
5219 ) | |
5220 { | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5221 int rightmost_vcol = 0; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5222 int i; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5223 |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5224 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5225 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5226 if (draw_color_col) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5227 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5228 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5229 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5230 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5231 |
743 | 5232 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) |
5233 { | |
5234 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
5235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5236 if (enc_utf8) | |
5237 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
5238 #endif | |
5239 ++col; | |
2356
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5240 if (draw_color_col) |
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5241 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, |
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5242 &color_cols); |
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5243 |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5244 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5245 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5246 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5247 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5248 else |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5249 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5250 |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5251 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) |
743 | 5252 break; |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5253 |
743 | 5254 ++vcol; |
5255 } | |
5256 } | |
5257 #endif | |
7 | 5258 |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5259 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5260 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
7 | 5261 row++; |
5262 | |
5263 /* | |
5264 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
5265 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
5266 */ | |
5267 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
5268 { | |
5269 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; | |
5270 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; | |
5271 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
5272 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; | |
5273 #endif | |
5274 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
5275 } | |
5276 | |
5277 break; | |
5278 } | |
5279 | |
5280 /* line continues beyond line end */ | |
5281 if (lcs_ext | |
5282 && !wp->w_p_wrap | |
5283 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5284 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
5285 #endif | |
5286 && ( | |
5287 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5288 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : | |
5289 #endif | |
5290 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) | |
5291 && (*ptr != NUL | |
1555 | 5292 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
7 | 5293 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) |
5294 { | |
5295 c = lcs_ext; | |
5296 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
5297 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5298 mb_c = c; | |
5299 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
5300 { | |
5301 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 5302 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 5303 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 5304 } |
5305 else | |
5306 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
5307 #endif | |
5308 } | |
5309 | |
743 | 5310 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5311 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5312 if (draw_color_col) |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5313 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5314 |
743 | 5315 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5316 * highlight the cursor position itself. |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5317 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5318 * 'cursorcolumn' */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5319 vcol_save_attr = -1; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5320 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5321 { |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5322 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5323 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5324 { |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5325 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5326 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5327 } |
2346
b38c324bdc36
Fix: 'colorcolumn' interfered with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
5328 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5329 { |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5330 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5331 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5332 } |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5333 } |
743 | 5334 #endif |
5335 | |
7 | 5336 /* |
5337 * Store character to be displayed. | |
5338 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. | |
5339 */ | |
5340 vcol_prev = vcol; | |
5341 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) | |
5342 { | |
5343 /* | |
5344 * Store the character. | |
5345 */ | |
5346 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
5347 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
5348 { | |
5349 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ | |
5350 --off; | |
5351 --col; | |
5352 } | |
5353 #endif | |
5354 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
5355 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5356 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5357 { |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5358 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5359 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; |
7 | 5360 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; |
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5361 } |
7 | 5362 else if (enc_utf8) |
5363 { | |
5364 if (mb_utf8) | |
5365 { | |
1326 | 5366 int i; |
5367 | |
7 | 5368 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; |
819 | 5369 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) |
5370 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ | |
714 | 5371 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
5372 { | |
5373 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
5374 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
5375 break; | |
5376 } | |
7 | 5377 } |
5378 else | |
5379 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
5380 } | |
5381 if (multi_attr) | |
5382 { | |
5383 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; | |
5384 multi_attr = 0; | |
5385 } | |
5386 else | |
5387 #endif | |
5388 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
5389 | |
5390 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5391 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
5392 { | |
5393 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ | |
5394 ++off; | |
5395 ++col; | |
5396 if (enc_utf8) | |
5397 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ | |
5398 ScreenLines[off] = 0; | |
5399 else | |
5400 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ | |
5401 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; | |
5402 ++vcol; | |
5403 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of | |
5404 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ | |
5405 if (tocol == vcol) | |
5406 ++tocol; | |
5407 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5408 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
5409 { | |
5410 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ | |
5411 --off; | |
5412 --col; | |
5413 } | |
5414 #endif | |
5415 } | |
5416 #endif | |
5417 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5418 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
5419 { | |
5420 --off; | |
5421 --col; | |
5422 } | |
5423 else | |
5424 #endif | |
5425 { | |
5426 ++off; | |
5427 ++col; | |
5428 } | |
5429 } | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5430 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
5431 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5432 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5433 --n_skip; |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5434 ++vcol_off; |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5435 if (n_extra > 0) |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5436 vcol_off += n_extra; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5437 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5438 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5439 /* |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5440 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5441 * |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5442 * Advance the column indicator to force the line |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5443 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5444 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5445 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5446 * |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5447 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5448 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5449 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5450 * of bad columns we have advanced. |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5451 */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5452 if (n_extra > 0) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5453 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5454 vcol += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5455 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5456 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5457 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5458 col -= n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5459 boguscols -= n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5460 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5461 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5462 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5463 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5464 col += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5465 boguscols += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5466 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5467 n_extra = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5468 n_attr = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5469 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5470 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5471 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5472 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5473 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5474 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5475 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5476 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5477 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5478 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5479 --boguscols; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5480 --col; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5481 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5482 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5483 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5484 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5485 ++boguscols; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5486 ++col; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5487 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5488 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5489 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5490 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5491 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5492 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5493 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5494 --boguscols; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5495 --col; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5496 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5497 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5498 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5499 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5500 ++boguscols; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5501 ++col; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5502 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5503 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5504 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5505 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5506 if (n_extra > 0) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5507 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5508 vcol += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5509 n_extra = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5510 n_attr = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5511 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5512 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5513 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5514 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5515 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
7 | 5516 else |
5517 --n_skip; | |
5518 | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5519 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5520 * column. */ |
1849 | 5521 if (draw_state > WL_NR |
7 | 5522 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
5523 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
5524 #endif | |
5525 ) | |
5526 ++vcol; | |
5527 | |
743 | 5528 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
5529 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) | |
5530 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; | |
5531 #endif | |
5532 | |
7 | 5533 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ |
5534 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) | |
5535 char_attr = saved_attr3; | |
5536 | |
5537 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ | |
5538 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) | |
5539 char_attr = saved_attr2; | |
5540 | |
5541 /* | |
5542 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line | |
1378 | 5543 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. |
7 | 5544 */ |
5545 if (( | |
5546 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5547 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : | |
5548 #endif | |
5549 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
5550 && (*ptr != NUL | |
5551 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5552 || filler_todo > 0 | |
5553 #endif | |
2724 | 5554 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) |
7 | 5555 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) |
5556 ) | |
5557 { | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5558 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5559 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5560 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5561 boguscols = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5562 #else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5563 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5564 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5565 #endif |
7 | 5566 ++row; |
5567 ++screen_row; | |
5568 | |
5569 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed | |
5570 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ | |
5571 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap | |
5572 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5573 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
5574 #endif | |
5575 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) | |
5576 break; | |
5577 | |
5578 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ | |
5579 if (draw_state != WL_LINE | |
5580 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5581 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
5582 #endif | |
5583 ) | |
5584 { | |
5585 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
5586 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5587 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
5588 #endif | |
5589 row = endrow; | |
5590 } | |
5591 | |
5592 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ | |
5593 if (row == endrow) | |
5594 { | |
5595 ++row; | |
5596 break; | |
5597 } | |
5598 | |
5599 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 | |
5600 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5601 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
5602 #endif | |
5603 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) | |
5604 { | |
5605 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ | |
5606 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; | |
5607 | |
5608 /* | |
5609 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with | |
5610 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of | |
5611 * the line. This will work with all terminal types | |
5612 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). | |
5613 * Only do this on a fast tty. | |
5614 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line | |
5615 * (something has been written in it). | |
5616 * Don't do this for the GUI. | |
5617 * Don't do this for double-width characters. | |
5618 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. | |
5619 */ | |
5620 if (p_tf | |
5621 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5622 && !gui.in_use | |
5623 #endif | |
5624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5625 && !(has_mbyte | |
1378 | 5626 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], |
5627 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
5628 == 2 | |
7 | 5629 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] |
1378 | 5630 + (int)Columns - 2, |
5631 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
5632 == 2)) | |
7 | 5633 #endif |
5634 ) | |
5635 { | |
5636 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, | |
5637 * then output the same character again to let the | |
5638 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't | |
5639 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ | |
5640 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
5641 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
5642 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, | |
5643 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); | |
5644 | |
5645 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5646 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a | |
5647 * space to keep it simple. */ | |
148 | 5648 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ |
5649 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) | |
7 | 5650 out_char(' '); |
5651 else | |
5652 #endif | |
5653 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
5654 + (Columns - 1)]); | |
5655 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ | |
5656 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
5657 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
5658 } | |
5659 } | |
5660 | |
5661 col = 0; | |
5662 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
5663 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5664 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
5665 { | |
5666 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ | |
5667 off += col; | |
5668 } | |
5669 #endif | |
5670 | |
5671 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ | |
5672 draw_state = WL_START; | |
5673 saved_n_extra = n_extra; | |
5674 saved_p_extra = p_extra; | |
5675 saved_c_extra = c_extra; | |
5676 saved_char_attr = char_attr; | |
5677 n_extra = 0; | |
5678 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; | |
5679 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
5680 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5681 if (filler_todo <= 0) | |
5682 # endif | |
5683 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
5684 #endif | |
5685 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5686 --filler_todo; | |
5687 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the | |
5688 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ | |
5689 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) | |
5690 break; | |
5691 #endif | |
5692 } | |
5693 | |
5694 } /* for every character in the line */ | |
5695 | |
743 | 5696 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
386 | 5697 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ |
5698 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) | |
5699 { | |
5700 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
5701 cap_col = 0; | |
5702 } | |
5703 #endif | |
5704 | |
7 | 5705 return row; |
5706 } | |
5707 | |
714 | 5708 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5709 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); | |
5710 | |
5711 /* | |
5712 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. | |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
5713 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. |
714 | 5714 */ |
5715 static int | |
5716 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) | |
5717 int off_from; | |
5718 int off_to; | |
5719 { | |
5720 int i; | |
5721 | |
5722 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
5723 { | |
5724 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) | |
5725 return TRUE; | |
5726 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) | |
5727 break; | |
5728 } | |
5729 return FALSE; | |
5730 } | |
5731 #endif | |
5732 | |
7 | 5733 /* |
5734 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: | |
5735 * - the (first byte of the) character is different | |
5736 * - the attributes are different | |
5737 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different | |
1616 | 5738 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. |
7 | 5739 */ |
5740 static int | |
5741 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) | |
5742 int off_from; | |
5743 int off_to; | |
5744 int cols; | |
5745 { | |
5746 if (cols > 0 | |
5747 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] | |
5748 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
5749 | |
5750 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5751 || (enc_dbcs != 0 | |
5752 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 | |
5753 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e | |
5754 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] | |
5755 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
5756 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
5757 || (enc_utf8 | |
5758 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] | |
5759 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 | |
1616 | 5760 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) |
3759 | 5761 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 |
5762 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
5763 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
7 | 5764 #endif |
5765 )) | |
5766 return TRUE; | |
5767 return FALSE; | |
5768 } | |
5769 | |
5770 /* | |
5771 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that | |
5772 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. | |
5773 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. | |
5774 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. | |
5775 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line | |
5776 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. | |
5777 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: | |
5778 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" | |
5779 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" | |
5780 */ | |
5781 static void | |
5782 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width | |
5783 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5784 , rlflag | |
5785 #endif | |
5786 ) | |
5787 int row; | |
5788 int coloff; | |
5789 int endcol; | |
5790 int clear_width; | |
5791 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5792 int rlflag; | |
5793 #endif | |
5794 { | |
5795 unsigned off_from; | |
5796 unsigned off_to; | |
1378 | 5797 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5798 unsigned max_off_from; | |
5799 unsigned max_off_to; | |
5800 #endif | |
7 | 5801 int col = 0; |
5802 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
5803 int hl; | |
5804 #endif | |
5805 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ | |
5806 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ | |
5807 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5808 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ | |
5809 #endif | |
5810 ; | |
5811 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ | |
5812 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5813 int clear_next = FALSE; | |
5814 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ | |
5815 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ | |
5816 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells | |
5817 #else | |
5818 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 | |
5819 #endif | |
5820 | |
3413 | 5821 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ |
5822 if (row >= Rows) | |
5823 row = Rows - 1; | |
5824 if (endcol > Columns) | |
5825 endcol = Columns; | |
5826 | |
7 | 5827 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
5828 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); | |
5829 # endif | |
5830 | |
5831 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
5832 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; | |
1378 | 5833 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5834 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; | |
5835 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
5836 #endif | |
7 | 5837 |
5838 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5839 if (rlflag) | |
5840 { | |
5841 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ | |
5842 if (clear_width > 0) | |
5843 { | |
5844 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
5845 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
5846 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5847 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
5848 # endif | |
5849 ) | |
5850 { | |
5851 ++off_to; | |
5852 ++col; | |
5853 } | |
5854 if (col <= endcol) | |
5855 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, | |
5856 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
5857 } | |
5858 col = endcol + 1; | |
5859 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; | |
5860 off_from += col; | |
5861 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); | |
5862 } | |
5863 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ | |
5864 | |
5865 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); | |
5866 | |
5867 while (col < endcol) | |
5868 { | |
5869 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5870 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) | |
1378 | 5871 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); |
7 | 5872 else |
5873 char_cells = 1; | |
5874 #endif | |
5875 | |
5876 redraw_this = redraw_next; | |
5877 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, | |
5878 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); | |
5879 | |
5880 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5881 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to | |
5882 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only | |
5883 * happens in the GUI. | |
5884 */ | |
5885 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) | |
5886 { | |
5887 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; | |
743 | 5888 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
5889 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
5890 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
7 | 5891 redraw_this = TRUE; |
5892 } | |
5893 #endif | |
5894 | |
5895 if (redraw_this) | |
5896 { | |
5897 /* | |
5898 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): | |
5899 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the | |
5900 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The | |
5901 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the | |
5902 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must | |
5903 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted | |
5904 * character. | |
5905 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need | |
5906 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it | |
5907 * completely. | |
5908 */ | |
5909 if ( p_wiv | |
5910 && !force | |
5911 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5912 && !gui.in_use | |
5913 #endif | |
5914 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 | |
5915 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
5916 { | |
5917 /* | |
5918 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. | |
5919 */ | |
5920 windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
5921 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
5922 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
5923 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ | |
5924 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ | |
5925 | |
5926 /* | |
5927 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop | |
5928 * highlighting at this character. | |
5929 */ | |
5930 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) | |
5931 { | |
5932 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; | |
5933 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
5934 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
5935 } | |
5936 else | |
5937 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ | |
5938 } | |
5939 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5940 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
5941 { | |
5942 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or | |
5943 * the other way around requires another character to be | |
5944 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing | |
5945 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ | |
5946 if (char_cells == 1 | |
5947 && col + 1 < endcol | |
1378 | 5948 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
7 | 5949 { |
5950 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell | |
5951 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ | |
5952 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; | |
5953 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
5954 } | |
5955 else if (char_cells == 2 | |
5956 && col + 2 < endcol | |
1378 | 5957 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
5958 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) | |
7 | 5959 { |
5960 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over | |
5961 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second | |
5962 * cell. */ | |
5963 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; | |
5964 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
5965 } | |
5966 | |
5967 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
5968 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; | |
5969 } | |
5970 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width | |
5971 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out | |
5972 * the right halve of the old character. | |
5973 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width | |
5974 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ | |
5975 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol | |
5976 && ((char_cells == 1 | |
1378 | 5977 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
7 | 5978 || (char_cells == 2 |
1378 | 5979 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
5980 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) | |
7 | 5981 clear_next = TRUE; |
5982 #endif | |
5983 | |
5984 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; | |
5985 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5986 if (enc_utf8) | |
5987 { | |
5988 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; | |
5989 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) | |
5990 { | |
714 | 5991 int i; |
5992 | |
5993 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
5994 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; | |
7 | 5995 } |
5996 } | |
5997 if (char_cells == 2) | |
5998 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; | |
5999 #endif | |
6000 | |
6001 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
1843 | 6002 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the |
6003 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
7 | 6004 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI |
6005 * and for some xterms. */ | |
6006 if ( | |
6007 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6008 gui.in_use | |
6009 # endif | |
6010 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
6011 || | |
6012 # endif | |
6013 # ifdef UNIX | |
6014 term_is_xterm | |
6015 # endif | |
6016 ) | |
6017 { | |
6018 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
743 | 6019 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
6020 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
6021 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
7 | 6022 redraw_next = TRUE; |
6023 } | |
6024 #endif | |
6025 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
6026 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
819 | 6027 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a |
6028 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ | |
6029 if (char_cells == 2) | |
6030 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
6031 | |
7 | 6032 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) |
6033 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
6034 else | |
6035 #endif | |
6036 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
6037 } | |
6038 else if ( p_wiv | |
6039 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6040 && !gui.in_use | |
6041 #endif | |
6042 && col + coloff > 0) | |
6043 { | |
6044 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) | |
6045 { | |
6046 /* | |
6047 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will | |
6048 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. | |
6049 */ | |
6050 screen_attr = 0; | |
6051 } | |
6052 else if (screen_attr != 0) | |
6053 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
6054 } | |
6055 | |
6056 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; | |
6057 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; | |
6058 col += CHAR_CELLS; | |
6059 } | |
6060 | |
6061 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6062 if (clear_next) | |
6063 { | |
6064 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left | |
6065 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ | |
6066 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; | |
6067 if (enc_utf8) | |
6068 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
6069 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
6070 } | |
6071 #endif | |
6072 | |
6073 if (clear_width > 0 | |
6074 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
6075 && !rlflag | |
6076 #endif | |
6077 ) | |
6078 { | |
6079 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6080 int startCol = col; | |
6081 #endif | |
6082 | |
6083 /* blank out the rest of the line */ | |
6084 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
6085 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
6086 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6087 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
6088 #endif | |
6089 ) | |
6090 { | |
6091 ++off_to; | |
6092 ++col; | |
6093 } | |
6094 if (col < clear_width) | |
6095 { | |
6096 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6097 /* | |
6098 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels | |
6099 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold | |
6100 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous | |
6101 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we | |
6102 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. | |
6103 */ | |
996 | 6104 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) |
7 | 6105 { |
6106 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
6107 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) | |
996 | 6108 { |
6109 int prev_cells = 1; | |
6110 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6111 if (enc_utf8) | |
6112 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means | |
6113 * that its width is 2. */ | |
6114 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; | |
6115 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
6116 { | |
6117 /* find previous character by counting from first | |
6118 * column and get its width. */ | |
6119 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; | |
1378 | 6120 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; |
996 | 6121 |
6122 while (off < off_to) | |
6123 { | |
1378 | 6124 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); |
996 | 6125 off += prev_cells; |
6126 } | |
6127 } | |
6128 | |
6129 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) | |
6130 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
6131 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
6132 else | |
6133 # endif | |
6134 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
6135 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
6136 } | |
7 | 6137 } |
6138 #endif | |
6139 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, | |
6140 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
6141 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6142 off_to += clear_width - col; | |
6143 col = clear_width; | |
6144 #endif | |
6145 } | |
6146 } | |
6147 | |
6148 if (clear_width > 0) | |
6149 { | |
6150 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6151 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ | |
6152 if (col + coloff < Columns) | |
6153 { | |
6154 int c; | |
6155 | |
6156 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
6477 | 6157 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c |
7 | 6158 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
714 | 6159 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] |
6160 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
7 | 6161 # endif |
6162 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) | |
6163 { | |
6164 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; | |
6165 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; | |
6166 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6167 if (enc_utf8) | |
6168 { | |
6169 if (c >= 0x80) | |
6170 { | |
6171 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; | |
714 | 6172 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; |
7 | 6173 } |
6174 else | |
6175 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
6176 } | |
6177 # endif | |
6178 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
6179 } | |
6180 } | |
6181 else | |
6182 #endif | |
6183 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
6184 } | |
6185 } | |
6186 | |
474 | 6187 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 6188 /* |
474 | 6189 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. |
6190 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). | |
7 | 6191 */ |
474 | 6192 void |
7 | 6193 rl_mirror(str) |
6194 char_u *str; | |
6195 { | |
6196 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
6197 int t; | |
6198 | |
6199 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) | |
6200 { | |
6201 t = *p1; | |
6202 *p1 = *p2; | |
6203 *p2 = t; | |
6204 } | |
6205 } | |
6206 #endif | |
6207 | |
6208 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
6209 /* | |
6210 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd | |
6211 */ | |
6212 void | |
6213 status_redraw_all() | |
6214 { | |
6215 win_T *wp; | |
6216 | |
6217 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
6218 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
6219 { | |
6220 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
6221 redraw_later(VALID); | |
6222 } | |
6223 } | |
6224 | |
6225 /* | |
6226 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw | |
6227 */ | |
6228 void | |
6229 status_redraw_curbuf() | |
6230 { | |
6231 win_T *wp; | |
6232 | |
6233 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
6234 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
6235 { | |
6236 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
6237 redraw_later(VALID); | |
6238 } | |
6239 } | |
6240 | |
6241 /* | |
6242 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. | |
6243 */ | |
6244 void | |
6245 redraw_statuslines() | |
6246 { | |
6247 win_T *wp; | |
6248 | |
6249 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
6250 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
6251 win_redr_status(wp); | |
673 | 6252 if (redraw_tabline) |
677 | 6253 draw_tabline(); |
7 | 6254 } |
6255 #endif | |
6256 | |
6257 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) | |
6258 /* | |
6259 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". | |
6260 */ | |
6261 void | |
6262 win_redraw_last_status(frp) | |
6263 frame_T *frp; | |
6264 { | |
6265 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
6266 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
6267 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
6268 { | |
6269 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
6270 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
6271 } | |
6272 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
6273 { | |
6274 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
6275 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
6276 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
6277 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
6278 } | |
6279 } | |
6280 #endif | |
6281 | |
6282 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6283 /* | |
6284 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". | |
6285 */ | |
6286 static void | |
6287 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) | |
6288 win_T *wp; | |
6289 int row; | |
6290 { | |
6291 int hl; | |
6292 int c; | |
6293 | |
6294 if (wp->w_vsep_width) | |
6295 { | |
6296 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
6297 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
6298 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
6299 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, | |
6300 c, ' ', hl); | |
6301 } | |
6302 } | |
6303 #endif | |
6304 | |
6305 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU | |
6306 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); | |
277 | 6307 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); |
7 | 6308 |
6309 /* | |
1378 | 6310 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. |
7 | 6311 */ |
6312 static int | |
6313 status_match_len(xp, s) | |
6314 expand_T *xp; | |
6315 char_u *s; | |
6316 { | |
6317 int len = 0; | |
6318 | |
6319 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
6320 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
6321 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
6322 | |
6323 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ | |
6324 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
6325 return 1; | |
6326 #endif | |
6327 | |
6328 while (*s != NUL) | |
6329 { | |
1685 | 6330 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
42 | 6331 len += ptr2cells(s); |
39 | 6332 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
7 | 6333 } |
6334 | |
6335 return len; | |
6336 } | |
6337 | |
6338 /* | |
1685 | 6339 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. |
277 | 6340 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. |
6341 */ | |
6342 static int | |
6343 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) | |
6344 expand_T *xp; | |
6345 char_u *s; | |
6346 { | |
1685 | 6347 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) |
277 | 6348 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
6349 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
6350 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) | |
6351 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) | |
6352 #endif | |
1685 | 6353 ) |
6354 { | |
6355 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
6356 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') | |
6357 return 2; | |
6358 #endif | |
6359 return 1; | |
6360 } | |
6361 return 0; | |
277 | 6362 } |
6363 | |
6364 /* | |
7 | 6365 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. |
6366 * Show at least the "match" item. | |
6367 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. | |
6368 * | |
6369 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
6370 */ | |
6371 void | |
6372 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) | |
6373 expand_T *xp; | |
6374 int num_matches; | |
6375 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ | |
6376 int match; | |
6377 int showtail; | |
6378 { | |
6379 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) | |
6380 int row; | |
6381 char_u *buf; | |
6382 int len; | |
1378 | 6383 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ |
7 | 6384 int fillchar; |
6385 int attr; | |
6386 int i; | |
6387 int highlight = TRUE; | |
6388 char_u *selstart = NULL; | |
6389 int selstart_col = 0; | |
6390 char_u *selend = NULL; | |
6391 static int first_match = 0; | |
6392 int add_left = FALSE; | |
6393 char_u *s; | |
6394 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
6395 int emenu; | |
6396 #endif | |
6397 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
6398 int l; | |
6399 #endif | |
6400 | |
6401 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ | |
6402 return; | |
6403 | |
39 | 6404 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
6405 if (has_mbyte) | |
6406 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); | |
6407 else | |
6408 #endif | |
6409 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); | |
7 | 6410 if (buf == NULL) |
6411 return; | |
6412 | |
6413 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ | |
6414 { | |
6415 match = 0; | |
6416 highlight = FALSE; | |
6417 } | |
6418 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ | |
6419 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; | |
6420 if (match == 0) | |
6421 first_match = 0; | |
6422 else if (match < first_match) | |
6423 { | |
6424 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ | |
6425 first_match = match; | |
6426 add_left = TRUE; | |
6427 } | |
6428 else | |
6429 { | |
6430 /* check if match fits on the screen */ | |
6431 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) | |
6432 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
6433 if (first_match > 0) | |
6434 clen += 2; | |
6435 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ | |
6436 if ((long)clen > Columns) | |
6437 { | |
6438 first_match = match; | |
6439 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ | |
6440 clen = 2; | |
6441 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
6442 { | |
6443 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
6444 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
6445 break; | |
6446 } | |
6447 if (i == num_matches) | |
6448 add_left = TRUE; | |
6449 } | |
6450 } | |
6451 if (add_left) | |
6452 while (first_match > 0) | |
6453 { | |
6454 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; | |
6455 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
6456 break; | |
6457 --first_match; | |
6458 } | |
6459 | |
6460 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); | |
6461 | |
6462 if (first_match == 0) | |
6463 { | |
6464 *buf = NUL; | |
6465 len = 0; | |
6466 } | |
6467 else | |
6468 { | |
6469 STRCPY(buf, "< "); | |
6470 len = 2; | |
6471 } | |
6472 clen = len; | |
6473 | |
6474 i = first_match; | |
6475 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) | |
6476 { | |
6477 if (i == match) | |
6478 { | |
6479 selstart = buf + len; | |
6480 selstart_col = clen; | |
6481 } | |
6482 | |
6483 s = L_MATCH(i); | |
6484 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ | |
6485 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
6486 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
6487 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
6488 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
6489 { | |
6490 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); | |
6491 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
6492 len += l; | |
6493 clen += l; | |
6494 } | |
6495 else | |
6496 #endif | |
6497 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
6498 { | |
1685 | 6499 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
7 | 6500 clen += ptr2cells(s); |
6501 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 6502 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) |
7 | 6503 { |
6504 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); | |
6505 s += l - 1; | |
6506 len += l; | |
6507 } | |
6508 else | |
6509 #endif | |
6510 { | |
6511 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); | |
6512 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
6513 } | |
6514 } | |
6515 if (i == match) | |
6516 selend = buf + len; | |
6517 | |
6518 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
6519 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
6520 clen += 2; | |
6521 if (++i == num_matches) | |
6522 break; | |
6523 } | |
6524 | |
6525 if (i != num_matches) | |
6526 { | |
6527 *(buf + len++) = '>'; | |
6528 ++clen; | |
6529 } | |
6530 | |
6531 buf[len] = NUL; | |
6532 | |
6533 row = cmdline_row - 1; | |
6534 if (row >= 0) | |
6535 { | |
6536 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) | |
6537 { | |
6538 if (msg_scrolled > 0) | |
6539 { | |
6540 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is | |
6541 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ | |
6542 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) | |
6543 { | |
6544 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); | |
6545 ++msg_scrolled; | |
6546 } | |
6547 else | |
6548 { | |
6549 ++cmdline_row; | |
6550 ++row; | |
6551 } | |
6552 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; | |
6553 } | |
6554 else | |
6555 { | |
6556 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. | |
6557 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is | |
6558 * resized. */ | |
6559 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
6560 { | |
6561 save_p_ls = p_ls; | |
6562 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; | |
6563 p_ls = 2; | |
6564 p_wmh = 0; | |
6565 last_status(FALSE); | |
6566 } | |
6567 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; | |
6568 } | |
6569 } | |
6570 | |
6571 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); | |
6572 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) | |
6573 { | |
6574 *selend = NUL; | |
6575 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); | |
6576 } | |
6577 | |
6578 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
6579 } | |
6580 | |
6581 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6582 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); | |
6583 #else | |
6584 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
6585 #endif | |
6586 vim_free(buf); | |
6587 } | |
6588 #endif | |
6589 | |
6590 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
6591 /* | |
6592 * Redraw the status line of window wp. | |
6593 * | |
6594 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
6595 */ | |
6596 void | |
6597 win_redr_status(wp) | |
6598 win_T *wp; | |
6599 { | |
6600 int row; | |
6601 char_u *p; | |
6602 int len; | |
6603 int fillchar; | |
6604 int attr; | |
6605 int this_ru_col; | |
1910 | 6606 static int busy = FALSE; |
6607 | |
6608 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) | |
6609 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ | |
6610 if (busy) | |
6611 return; | |
6612 busy = TRUE; | |
7 | 6613 |
6614 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; | |
6615 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
6616 { | |
6617 /* no status line, can only be last window */ | |
6618 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
6619 } | |
540 | 6620 else if (!redrawing() |
6621 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
6622 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be | |
6623 * drawn over it */ | |
6624 || pum_visible() | |
6625 #endif | |
6626 ) | |
7 | 6627 { |
6628 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ | |
6629 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
6630 } | |
6631 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
40 | 6632 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) |
7 | 6633 { |
6634 /* redraw custom status line */ | |
1983 | 6635 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); |
7 | 6636 } |
6637 #endif | |
6638 else | |
6639 { | |
6640 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
6641 | |
685 | 6642 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); |
7 | 6643 p = NameBuff; |
6644 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
6645 | |
6646 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help | |
6647 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
6648 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
6649 #endif | |
6650 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) | |
6651 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
6652 *(p + len++) = ' '; | |
6653 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
6654 { | |
809 | 6655 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); |
7 | 6656 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); |
6657 } | |
6658 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
6659 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
6660 { | |
6661 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); | |
6662 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); | |
6663 } | |
6664 #endif | |
6665 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
6666 { | |
6667 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); | |
6668 len += 3; | |
6669 } | |
6670 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
6671 { | |
4795
8360a59aa04b
updated for version 7.3.1144
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4736
diff
changeset
|
6672 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); |
7 | 6673 len += 4; |
6674 } | |
6675 | |
6676 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6677 this_ru_col = ru_col; | |
6678 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
6679 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
6680 #else | |
6681 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); | |
6682 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
6683 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
6684 if (this_ru_col <= 1) | |
6685 { | |
6686 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ | |
6687 len = 1; | |
6688 } | |
6689 else | |
6690 #endif | |
6691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6692 if (has_mbyte) | |
6693 { | |
6694 int clen = 0, i; | |
6695 | |
6696 /* Count total number of display cells. */ | |
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6697 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); |
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6698 |
7 | 6699 /* Find first character that will fit. |
6700 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ | |
6701 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; | |
474 | 6702 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) |
7 | 6703 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); |
6704 len = clen; | |
6705 if (i > 0) | |
6706 { | |
6707 p = p + i - 1; | |
6708 *p = '<'; | |
6709 ++len; | |
6710 } | |
6711 | |
6712 } | |
6713 else | |
6714 #endif | |
6715 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) | |
6716 { | |
6717 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); | |
6718 *p = '<'; | |
6719 len = this_ru_col - 1; | |
6720 } | |
6721 | |
6722 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
6723 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); | |
6724 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), | |
6725 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
6726 | |
6727 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) | |
6728 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) | |
6729 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) | |
6730 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); | |
6731 | |
6732 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
6733 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); | |
6734 #endif | |
6735 } | |
6736 | |
6737 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6738 /* | |
6739 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. | |
6740 */ | |
6741 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) | |
6742 { | |
6743 if (stl_connected(wp)) | |
6744 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
6745 else | |
6746 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); | |
6747 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
6748 attr); | |
6749 } | |
6750 #endif | |
1910 | 6751 busy = FALSE; |
7 | 6752 } |
6753 | |
680 | 6754 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
6755 /* | |
6756 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any | |
6757 * errors encountered. | |
6758 */ | |
6759 static void | |
1983 | 6760 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) |
680 | 6761 win_T *wp; |
6762 { | |
1983 | 6763 static int entered = FALSE; |
6764 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
6765 | |
6766 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline | |
6767 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ | |
6768 if (entered) | |
6769 return; | |
6770 entered = TRUE; | |
680 | 6771 |
6772 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
6773 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); | |
6774 if (called_emsg) | |
1983 | 6775 { |
6776 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the | |
6777 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem | |
6778 * again and again. */ | |
680 | 6779 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, |
6780 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL | |
694 | 6781 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); |
1983 | 6782 } |
680 | 6783 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
1983 | 6784 entered = FALSE; |
680 | 6785 } |
6786 #endif | |
6787 | |
7 | 6788 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
6789 /* | |
6790 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status | |
6791 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. | |
6792 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). | |
6793 */ | |
6794 int | |
6795 stl_connected(wp) | |
6796 win_T *wp; | |
6797 { | |
6798 frame_T *fr; | |
6799 | |
6800 fr = wp->w_frame; | |
6801 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) | |
6802 { | |
6803 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
6804 { | |
6805 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
6806 break; | |
6807 } | |
6808 else | |
6809 { | |
6810 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
6811 return TRUE; | |
6812 } | |
6813 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
6814 } | |
6815 return FALSE; | |
6816 } | |
6817 # endif | |
6818 | |
6819 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
6820 | |
6821 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
6822 /* | |
6823 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. | |
6824 */ | |
6825 int | |
6826 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) | |
6827 win_T *wp; | |
6828 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ | |
6829 int len; /* length of buffer */ | |
6830 { | |
6831 char_u *p; | |
6832 | |
6833 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
6834 return FALSE; | |
6835 | |
6836 { | |
6837 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
6838 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
6839 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
6840 char_u *s; | |
6841 | |
6842 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
6843 curwin = wp; | |
6844 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ | |
6845 ++emsg_skip; | |
714 | 6846 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); |
7 | 6847 --emsg_skip; |
6848 curbuf = old_curbuf; | |
6849 curwin = old_curwin; | |
6850 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) | |
6851 #endif | |
6852 { | |
6853 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
6854 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) | |
6855 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; | |
6856 else | |
6857 #endif | |
6858 p = (char_u *)"lang"; | |
6859 } | |
6860 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) | |
6861 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); | |
6862 else | |
6863 buf[0] = NUL; | |
6864 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
6865 vim_free(s); | |
6866 #endif | |
6867 } | |
6868 return buf[0] != NUL; | |
6869 } | |
6870 #endif | |
6871 | |
6872 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
6873 /* | |
677 | 6874 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". |
6875 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. | |
7 | 6876 */ |
6877 static void | |
574 | 6878 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) |
7 | 6879 win_T *wp; |
574 | 6880 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ |
7 | 6881 { |
5539 | 6882 static int entered = FALSE; |
7 | 6883 int attr; |
6884 int curattr; | |
6885 int row; | |
6886 int col = 0; | |
6887 int maxwidth; | |
6888 int width; | |
6889 int n; | |
6890 int len; | |
6891 int fillchar; | |
6892 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
1983 | 6893 char_u *stl; |
7 | 6894 char_u *p; |
681 | 6895 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; |
6896 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; | |
677 | 6897 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
2693 | 6898 win_T *ewp; |
6899 int p_crb_save; | |
7 | 6900 |
5539 | 6901 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When |
6902 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. | |
6903 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ | |
6904 if (entered) | |
6905 return; | |
6906 entered = TRUE; | |
6907 | |
7 | 6908 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ |
677 | 6909 if (wp == NULL) |
6910 { | |
6911 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ | |
1983 | 6912 stl = p_tal; |
677 | 6913 row = 0; |
707 | 6914 fillchar = ' '; |
677 | 6915 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); |
6916 maxwidth = Columns; | |
6917 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
681 | 6918 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); |
677 | 6919 # endif |
6920 } | |
40 | 6921 else |
677 | 6922 { |
6923 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
6924 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
6925 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
6926 | |
6927 if (draw_ruler) | |
6928 { | |
1983 | 6929 stl = p_ruf; |
677 | 6930 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ |
1983 | 6931 if (*stl == '%') |
6932 { | |
6933 if (*++stl == '-') | |
6934 stl++; | |
6935 if (atoi((char *)stl)) | |
6936 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) | |
6937 stl++; | |
6938 if (*stl++ != '(') | |
6939 stl = p_ruf; | |
677 | 6940 } |
7 | 6941 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
677 | 6942 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); |
6943 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
6944 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
7 | 6945 #else |
677 | 6946 col = ru_col; |
6947 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
6948 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
6949 #endif | |
6950 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
7 | 6951 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
677 | 6952 if (!wp->w_status_height) |
6953 #endif | |
6954 { | |
6955 row = Rows - 1; | |
6956 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ | |
6957 fillchar = ' '; | |
6958 attr = 0; | |
6959 } | |
6960 | |
6961 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
681 | 6962 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); |
677 | 6963 # endif |
6964 } | |
6965 else | |
6966 { | |
6967 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) | |
1983 | 6968 stl = wp->w_p_stl; |
677 | 6969 else |
1983 | 6970 stl = p_stl; |
677 | 6971 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
681 | 6972 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", |
6973 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); | |
677 | 6974 # endif |
6975 } | |
6976 | |
6977 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6978 col += W_WINCOL(wp); | |
6979 #endif | |
6980 } | |
6981 | |
7 | 6982 if (maxwidth <= 0) |
5539 | 6983 goto theend; |
677 | 6984 |
2693 | 6985 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving |
6986 * the cursor away and back. */ | |
6987 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; | |
6988 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; | |
6989 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; | |
6990 | |
1983 | 6991 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that |
6992 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ | |
6993 stl = vim_strsave(stl); | |
2693 | 6994 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), |
1983 | 6995 stl, use_sandbox, |
681 | 6996 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); |
1983 | 6997 vim_free(stl); |
2693 | 6998 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; |
2661 | 6999 |
7000 /* Make all characters printable. */ | |
7001 p = transstr(buf); | |
7002 if (p != NULL) | |
7003 { | |
7004 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); | |
7005 vim_free(p); | |
7006 } | |
7007 | |
7008 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ | |
835 | 7009 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
1883 | 7010 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) |
7 | 7011 { |
7012 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7013 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); | |
7014 #else | |
7015 buf[len++] = fillchar; | |
7016 #endif | |
7017 ++width; | |
7018 } | |
7019 buf[len] = NUL; | |
7020 | |
681 | 7021 /* |
7022 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. | |
7023 */ | |
7 | 7024 curattr = attr; |
7025 p = buf; | |
681 | 7026 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) |
7027 { | |
7028 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); | |
7 | 7029 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); |
7030 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); | |
681 | 7031 p = hltab[n].start; |
7032 | |
7033 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) | |
7 | 7034 curattr = attr; |
681 | 7035 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) |
7036 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); | |
7 | 7037 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
680 | 7038 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) |
681 | 7039 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
7 | 7040 #endif |
7041 else | |
681 | 7042 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
7 | 7043 } |
7044 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); | |
681 | 7045 |
7046 if (wp == NULL) | |
7047 { | |
7048 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ | |
7049 col = 0; | |
7050 len = 0; | |
7051 p = buf; | |
7052 fillchar = 0; | |
7053 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) | |
7054 { | |
7055 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); | |
7056 while (col < len) | |
7057 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
7058 p = tabtab[n].start; | |
7059 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; | |
7060 } | |
7061 while (col < Columns) | |
7062 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
7063 } | |
5539 | 7064 |
7065 theend: | |
7066 entered = FALSE; | |
7 | 7067 } |
7068 | |
7069 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ | |
7070 | |
7071 /* | |
7072 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. | |
7073 */ | |
7074 void | |
7075 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) | |
7076 int c; | |
7077 int row, col; | |
7078 int attr; | |
7079 { | |
3549 | 7080 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
7081 | |
7 | 7082 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3549 | 7083 if (has_mbyte) |
7084 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
7085 else | |
7086 #endif | |
7087 { | |
7088 buf[0] = c; | |
7089 buf[1] = NUL; | |
7090 } | |
7 | 7091 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); |
7092 } | |
7093 | |
7094 /* | |
7095 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". | |
7096 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; | |
7097 */ | |
7098 void | |
7099 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) | |
7100 int row, col; | |
7101 char_u *bytes; | |
7102 int *attrp; | |
7103 { | |
7104 unsigned off; | |
7105 | |
7106 /* safety check */ | |
7107 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) | |
7108 { | |
7109 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
7110 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
7111 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
7112 bytes[1] = NUL; | |
7113 | |
7114 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7115 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
7116 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; | |
7117 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
7118 { | |
7119 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
7120 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
7121 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
7122 } | |
7123 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) | |
7124 { | |
7125 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; | |
7126 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
7127 } | |
7128 #endif | |
7129 } | |
7130 } | |
7131 | |
714 | 7132 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7133 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); | |
7134 | |
7135 /* | |
7136 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from | |
7137 * composing characters in "u8cc". | |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7138 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. |
714 | 7139 */ |
7140 static int | |
7141 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) | |
7142 int off; | |
7143 int *u8cc; | |
7144 { | |
7145 int i; | |
7146 | |
7147 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
7148 { | |
7149 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) | |
7150 return TRUE; | |
7151 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
7152 break; | |
7153 } | |
7154 return FALSE; | |
7155 } | |
7156 #endif | |
7157 | |
7 | 7158 /* |
7159 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with | |
7160 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. | |
7161 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! | |
7162 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. | |
7163 */ | |
7164 void | |
7165 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) | |
7166 char_u *text; | |
7167 int row; | |
7168 int col; | |
7169 int attr; | |
7170 { | |
7171 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); | |
7172 } | |
7173 | |
7174 /* | |
7175 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to | |
7176 * a NUL. | |
7177 */ | |
7178 void | |
5923 | 7179 screen_puts_len(text, textlen, row, col, attr) |
7 | 7180 char_u *text; |
5923 | 7181 int textlen; |
7 | 7182 int row; |
7183 int col; | |
7184 int attr; | |
7185 { | |
7186 unsigned off; | |
7187 char_u *ptr = text; | |
5923 | 7188 int len = textlen; |
7 | 7189 int c; |
7190 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1378 | 7191 unsigned max_off; |
7 | 7192 int mbyte_blen = 1; |
7193 int mbyte_cells = 1; | |
7194 int u8c = 0; | |
714 | 7195 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
7 | 7196 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; |
7197 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
7198 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
714 | 7199 int pc, nc, nc1; |
7200 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
7 | 7201 # endif |
7202 #endif | |
1843 | 7203 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
7204 int force_redraw_this; | |
7205 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
7206 #endif | |
7207 int need_redraw; | |
7 | 7208 |
7209 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
7210 return; | |
1843 | 7211 off = LineOffset[row] + col; |
7 | 7212 |
1668 | 7213 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7214 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the | |
7215 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ | |
1685 | 7216 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns |
1668 | 7217 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
7218 && !gui.in_use | |
7219 # endif | |
7220 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) | |
1843 | 7221 { |
7222 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; | |
7223 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; | |
7224 if (enc_utf8) | |
7225 { | |
7226 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; | |
7227 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; | |
7228 } | |
7229 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ | |
7230 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); | |
7231 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ | |
7232 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
7233 } | |
7234 #endif | |
7235 | |
1378 | 7236 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7237 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
7238 #endif | |
1340 | 7239 while (col < screen_Columns |
7240 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) | |
7241 && *ptr != NUL) | |
7 | 7242 { |
7243 c = *ptr; | |
7244 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7245 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ | |
7246 if (has_mbyte) | |
7247 { | |
7248 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) | |
474 | 7249 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
7 | 7250 else |
474 | 7251 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 7252 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) |
7253 mbyte_cells = 1; | |
7254 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
7255 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; | |
7256 else /* enc_utf8 */ | |
7257 { | |
7258 if (len >= 0) | |
714 | 7259 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, |
7 | 7260 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
7261 else | |
714 | 7262 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
7 | 7263 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); |
1401 | 7264 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
7 | 7265 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ |
7266 if (u8c >= 0x10000) | |
7267 { | |
7268 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
7269 if (attr == 0) | |
7270 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
7271 } | |
1401 | 7272 # endif |
7 | 7273 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
7274 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
7275 { | |
7276 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
7277 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) | |
7278 { | |
7279 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ | |
7280 nc = NUL; | |
7281 nc1 = NUL; | |
7282 } | |
7283 else | |
714 | 7284 { |
1994 | 7285 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, |
7286 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); | |
714 | 7287 nc1 = pcc[0]; |
7288 } | |
7 | 7289 pc = prev_c; |
7290 prev_c = u8c; | |
714 | 7291 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); |
7 | 7292 } |
7293 else | |
7294 prev_c = u8c; | |
7295 # endif | |
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7296 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7297 { |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7298 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7299 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7300 c = '>'; |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7301 mbyte_cells = 1; |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7302 } |
7 | 7303 } |
7304 } | |
7305 #endif | |
7306 | |
1843 | 7307 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
7308 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; | |
7309 force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
7310 #endif | |
7311 | |
7312 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c | |
7 | 7313 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7314 || (mbyte_cells == 2 | |
7315 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) | |
7316 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
7317 && c == 0x8e | |
7318 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) | |
7319 || (enc_utf8 | |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7320 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != |
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7321 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) |
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7322 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 |
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7323 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) |
7 | 7324 #endif |
7325 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
1843 | 7326 || exmode_active; |
7327 | |
7328 if (need_redraw | |
7329 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
7330 || force_redraw_this | |
7331 #endif | |
7 | 7332 ) |
7333 { | |
7334 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
7335 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next | |
7336 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
7337 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI | |
1843 | 7338 * and for some xterms. */ |
7339 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( | |
7 | 7340 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
7341 gui.in_use | |
7342 # endif | |
7343 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
7344 || | |
7345 # endif | |
7346 # ifdef UNIX | |
7347 term_is_xterm | |
7348 # endif | |
1843 | 7349 )) |
7350 { | |
7351 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
7352 | |
7353 if (n > HL_ALL) | |
7354 n = syn_attr2attr(n); | |
7355 if (n & HL_BOLD) | |
7356 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
7 | 7357 } |
7358 #endif | |
7359 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7360 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell | |
7361 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next | |
7362 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char | |
7363 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once | |
7364 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ | |
7365 if (clear_next_cell) | |
7366 clear_next_cell = FALSE; | |
7367 else if (has_mbyte | |
7368 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL | |
7369 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) | |
1378 | 7370 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
7 | 7371 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
1378 | 7372 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
7373 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
7 | 7374 clear_next_cell = TRUE; |
7375 | |
7376 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, | |
7377 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ | |
7378 if (enc_dbcs | |
1378 | 7379 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
7 | 7380 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
1378 | 7381 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
7382 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
7 | 7383 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; |
7384 #endif | |
7385 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
7386 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
7387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7388 if (enc_utf8) | |
7389 { | |
714 | 7390 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) |
7 | 7391 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; |
7392 else | |
7393 { | |
714 | 7394 int i; |
7395 | |
7 | 7396 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; |
714 | 7397 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
7398 { | |
7399 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
7400 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
7401 break; | |
7402 } | |
7 | 7403 } |
7404 if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
7405 { | |
7406 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; | |
7407 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
7408 } | |
7409 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
7410 } | |
7411 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
7412 { | |
7413 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; | |
7414 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
7415 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
7416 } | |
7417 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) | |
7418 { | |
7419 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; | |
7420 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
7421 } | |
7422 else | |
7423 #endif | |
7424 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
7425 } | |
7426 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7427 if (has_mbyte) | |
7428 { | |
7429 off += mbyte_cells; | |
7430 col += mbyte_cells; | |
7431 ptr += mbyte_blen; | |
7432 if (clear_next_cell) | |
5923 | 7433 { |
7434 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ | |
7 | 7435 ptr = (char_u *)" "; |
5923 | 7436 len = -1; |
7437 } | |
7 | 7438 } |
7439 else | |
7440 #endif | |
7441 { | |
7442 ++off; | |
7443 ++col; | |
7444 ++ptr; | |
7445 } | |
7446 } | |
1843 | 7447 |
7448 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
7449 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text | |
7450 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ | |
7451 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) | |
7452 { | |
7453 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7454 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) | |
7455 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
7456 else | |
7457 # endif | |
7458 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
7459 } | |
7460 #endif | |
7 | 7461 } |
7462 | |
7463 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
7464 /* | |
1326 | 7465 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
7 | 7466 */ |
7467 static void | |
7468 start_search_hl() | |
7469 { | |
7470 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) | |
7471 { | |
7472 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); | |
7473 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); | |
1521 | 7474 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
7475 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ | |
7476 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); | |
7477 # endif | |
7 | 7478 } |
7479 } | |
7480 | |
7481 /* | |
1326 | 7482 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
7 | 7483 */ |
7484 static void | |
7485 end_search_hl() | |
7486 { | |
7487 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) | |
7488 { | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4795
diff
changeset
|
7489 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); |
7 | 7490 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; |
7491 } | |
7492 } | |
7493 | |
7494 /* | |
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7495 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7496 */ |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7497 static void |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7498 init_search_hl(wp) |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7499 win_T *wp; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7500 { |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7501 matchitem_T *cur; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7502 |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7503 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7504 * match */ |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7505 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7506 while (cur != NULL) |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7507 { |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7508 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7509 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7510 cur->hl.attr = 0; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7511 else |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7512 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7513 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7514 cur->hl.lnum = 0; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7515 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7516 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7517 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7518 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7519 # endif |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7520 cur = cur->next; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7521 } |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7522 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7523 search_hl.lnum = 0; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7524 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7525 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7526 } |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7527 |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7528 /* |
7 | 7529 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. |
7530 */ | |
7531 static void | |
7532 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) | |
7533 win_T *wp; | |
7534 linenr_T lnum; | |
7535 { | |
1326 | 7536 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
7537 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
7538 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
7539 has been processed or not */ | |
5979 | 7540 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
7541 in progress */ | |
7 | 7542 int n; |
7543 | |
7544 /* | |
7545 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top | |
7546 * of the window or just after a closed fold. | |
1326 | 7547 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. |
7 | 7548 */ |
1326 | 7549 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
7550 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
7551 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
7552 { | |
7553 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
7554 { | |
7555 shl = &search_hl; | |
7556 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
7557 } | |
7558 else | |
7559 shl = &cur->hl; | |
7 | 7560 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
7561 && shl->lnum == 0 | |
7562 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) | |
7563 { | |
7564 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) | |
7565 { | |
7566 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
7567 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; | |
7568 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) | |
7569 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, | |
7570 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) | |
7571 break; | |
7572 # else | |
7573 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
7574 # endif | |
7575 } | |
5979 | 7576 if (cur != NULL) |
7577 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
7578 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
7 | 7579 n = 0; |
5979 | 7580 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
7581 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) | |
7582 { | |
7583 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, cur); | |
7584 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
7585 ? FALSE : TRUE; | |
7 | 7586 if (shl->lnum != 0) |
7587 { | |
7588 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum | |
7589 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
7590 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
7591 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
7592 } | |
7593 else | |
7594 { | |
7595 ++shl->first_lnum; | |
7596 n = 0; | |
7597 } | |
7598 } | |
7599 } | |
1326 | 7600 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
7601 cur = cur->next; | |
7 | 7602 } |
7603 } | |
7604 | |
7605 /* | |
1326 | 7606 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. |
7 | 7607 * Uses shl->buf. |
7608 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. | |
7609 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless | |
7610 * shl->lnum is zero. | |
7611 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. | |
7612 */ | |
7613 static void | |
5979 | 7614 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol, cur) |
7615 win_T *win; | |
7616 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
7617 linenr_T lnum; | |
7618 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
5987 | 7619 matchitem_T *cur; /* to retrieve match positions if any */ |
7 | 7620 { |
7621 linenr_T l; | |
7622 colnr_T matchcol; | |
7623 long nmatched; | |
7624 | |
7625 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
7626 { | |
7627 /* Check for three situations: | |
7628 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. | |
7629 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. | |
7630 * 3. Continue after the previous match. | |
7631 */ | |
7632 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
7633 if (lnum > l) | |
7634 shl->lnum = 0; | |
7635 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
7636 return; | |
7637 } | |
7638 | |
7639 /* | |
7640 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" | |
7641 * or none is found in this line. | |
7642 */ | |
7643 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
7644 for (;;) | |
7645 { | |
1521 | 7646 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
7647 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ | |
7648 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) | |
7649 { | |
7650 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ | |
7651 break; | |
7652 } | |
7653 #endif | |
7 | 7654 /* Three situations: |
7655 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. | |
7656 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. | |
7657 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. | |
7658 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. | |
7659 */ | |
7660 if (shl->lnum == 0) | |
7661 matchcol = 0; | |
7662 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL | |
7663 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
685 | 7664 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) |
7665 { | |
688 | 7666 char_u *ml; |
685 | 7667 |
7668 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
688 | 7669 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; |
685 | 7670 if (*ml == NUL) |
7671 { | |
7672 ++matchcol; | |
7 | 7673 shl->lnum = 0; |
7674 break; | |
7675 } | |
685 | 7676 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7677 if (has_mbyte) | |
7678 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); | |
7679 else | |
7680 #endif | |
7681 ++matchcol; | |
7 | 7682 } |
7683 else | |
7684 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
7685 | |
7686 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
5979 | 7687 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) |
7688 { | |
6394 | 7689 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in |
7690 * cur->match. */ | |
7691 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL | |
7692 && shl == &cur->hl | |
7693 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); | |
7694 | |
5979 | 7695 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, |
7696 matchcol, | |
1521 | 7697 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
5979 | 7698 &(shl->tm) |
1521 | 7699 #else |
5979 | 7700 NULL |
7701 #endif | |
7702 ); | |
6394 | 7703 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ |
7704 if (regprog_is_copy) | |
7705 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; | |
7706 | |
5979 | 7707 if (called_emsg || got_int) |
7708 { | |
7709 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ | |
7710 if (shl == &search_hl) | |
7711 { | |
7712 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ | |
7713 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); | |
7714 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); | |
7715 } | |
7716 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; | |
7717 shl->lnum = 0; | |
7718 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" | |
7719 message */ | |
7720 break; | |
7721 } | |
7722 } | |
7723 else if (cur != NULL) | |
7724 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); | |
5987 | 7725 else |
7726 nmatched = 0; | |
7 | 7727 if (nmatched == 0) |
7728 { | |
7729 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ | |
7730 break; | |
7731 } | |
7732 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 | |
7733 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol | |
7734 || nmatched > 1 | |
7735 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
7736 { | |
7737 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
7738 break; /* useful match found */ | |
7739 } | |
7740 } | |
7741 } | |
7742 | |
5979 | 7743 static int |
7744 next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, posmatch, mincol) | |
7745 match_T *shl; /* points to a match */ | |
7746 linenr_T lnum; | |
7747 posmatch_T *posmatch; /* match positions */ | |
7748 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
7749 { | |
7750 int i; | |
6007 | 7751 int bot = -1; |
5979 | 7752 |
7753 shl->lnum = 0; | |
7754 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) | |
7755 { | |
7756 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == 0) | |
7757 break; | |
7758 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < mincol) | |
7759 continue; | |
7760 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == lnum) | |
7761 { | |
7762 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
7763 { | |
7764 /* partially sort positions by column numbers | |
7765 * on the same line */ | |
7766 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < posmatch->pos[bot].col) | |
7767 { | |
7768 llpos_T tmp = posmatch->pos[i]; | |
7769 | |
7770 posmatch->pos[i] = posmatch->pos[bot]; | |
7771 posmatch->pos[bot] = tmp; | |
7772 } | |
7773 } | |
7774 else | |
7775 { | |
7776 bot = i; | |
7777 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
7778 } | |
7779 } | |
7780 } | |
7781 posmatch->cur = 0; | |
7782 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
7783 { | |
7784 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
7785 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[bot].col - 1; | |
7786 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
7787 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[bot].len; | |
7788 | |
7789 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
7790 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; | |
7791 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
7792 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; | |
7793 posmatch->cur = bot + 1; | |
7794 return TRUE; | |
7795 } | |
7796 return FALSE; | |
7797 } | |
5985 | 7798 #endif |
5979 | 7799 |
7 | 7800 static void |
7801 screen_start_highlight(attr) | |
7802 int attr; | |
7803 { | |
7804 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
7805 | |
7806 screen_attr = attr; | |
7807 if (full_screen | |
7808 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
7809 && termcap_active | |
7810 #endif | |
7811 ) | |
7812 { | |
7813 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7814 if (gui.in_use) | |
7815 { | |
7816 char buf[20]; | |
7817 | |
681 | 7818 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ |
7819 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); | |
7 | 7820 OUT_STR(buf); |
7821 } | |
7822 else | |
7823 #endif | |
7824 { | |
7825 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
7826 { | |
7827 if (t_colors > 1) | |
7828 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
7829 else | |
7830 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
7831 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
7832 attr = 0; | |
7833 else | |
7834 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
7835 } | |
7836 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ | |
7837 out_str(T_MD); | |
681 | 7838 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
7839 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
7840 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL | |
7841 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ | |
7842 out_str(T_ME); | |
7 | 7843 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ |
7844 out_str(T_SO); | |
205 | 7845 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) |
7846 /* underline or undercurl */ | |
7 | 7847 out_str(T_US); |
7848 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ | |
7849 out_str(T_CZH); | |
7850 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ | |
7851 out_str(T_MR); | |
7852 | |
7853 /* | |
7854 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the | |
7855 * bold etc. override the color setting. | |
7856 */ | |
7857 if (aep != NULL) | |
7858 { | |
7859 if (t_colors > 1) | |
7860 { | |
7861 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) | |
7862 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); | |
7863 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
7864 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); | |
7865 } | |
7866 else | |
7867 { | |
7868 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
7869 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
7870 } | |
7871 } | |
7872 } | |
7873 } | |
7874 } | |
7875 | |
7876 void | |
7877 screen_stop_highlight() | |
7878 { | |
7879 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ | |
7880 | |
7881 if (screen_attr != 0 | |
7882 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
7883 && termcap_active | |
7884 #endif | |
7885 ) | |
7886 { | |
7887 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7888 if (gui.in_use) | |
7889 { | |
7890 char buf[20]; | |
7891 | |
7892 /* use internal GUI code */ | |
7893 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); | |
7894 OUT_STR(buf); | |
7895 } | |
7896 else | |
7897 #endif | |
7898 { | |
7899 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
7900 { | |
7901 attrentry_T *aep; | |
7902 | |
7903 if (t_colors > 1) | |
7904 { | |
7905 /* | |
7906 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! | |
7907 */ | |
7908 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
7909 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
7910 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) | |
7911 do_ME = TRUE; | |
7912 } | |
7913 else | |
7914 { | |
7915 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
7916 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) | |
7917 { | |
7918 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) | |
7919 do_ME = TRUE; | |
7920 else | |
7921 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
7922 } | |
7923 } | |
7924 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
7925 screen_attr = 0; | |
7926 else | |
7927 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
7928 } | |
7929 | |
7930 /* | |
7931 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the | |
7932 * same sequence several times. | |
7933 */ | |
7934 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) | |
7935 { | |
7936 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) | |
7937 do_ME = TRUE; | |
7938 else | |
7939 out_str(T_SE); | |
7940 } | |
205 | 7941 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) |
7 | 7942 { |
7943 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) | |
7944 do_ME = TRUE; | |
7945 else | |
7946 out_str(T_UE); | |
7947 } | |
7948 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) | |
7949 { | |
7950 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) | |
7951 do_ME = TRUE; | |
7952 else | |
7953 out_str(T_CZR); | |
7954 } | |
7955 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) | |
7956 out_str(T_ME); | |
7957 | |
7958 if (t_colors > 1) | |
7959 { | |
7960 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
7961 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) | |
7962 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); | |
7963 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) | |
7964 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); | |
7965 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
7966 out_str(T_MD); | |
7967 } | |
7968 } | |
7969 } | |
7970 screen_attr = 0; | |
7971 } | |
7972 | |
7973 /* | |
7974 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. | |
7975 * The machine specific code may override this again. | |
7976 */ | |
7977 void | |
7978 reset_cterm_colors() | |
7979 { | |
7980 if (t_colors > 1) | |
7981 { | |
7982 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
7983 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
7984 { | |
7985 out_str(T_OP); | |
7986 screen_attr = -1; | |
7987 } | |
7988 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
7989 { | |
7990 out_str(T_ME); | |
7991 screen_attr = -1; | |
7992 } | |
7993 } | |
7994 } | |
7995 | |
7996 /* | |
7997 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", | |
7998 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. | |
7999 */ | |
8000 static void | |
8001 screen_char(off, row, col) | |
8002 unsigned off; | |
8003 int row; | |
8004 int col; | |
8005 { | |
8006 int attr; | |
8007 | |
8008 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after | |
8009 * resizing). */ | |
8010 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) | |
8011 return; | |
8012 | |
6602 | 8013 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the |
8014 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise | |
8015 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ | |
8016 if (*T_XN == NUL | |
8017 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 | |
7 | 8018 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
8019 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ | |
8020 && !cmdmsg_rl | |
8021 #endif | |
8022 ) | |
8023 { | |
8024 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
8025 return; | |
8026 } | |
8027 | |
8028 /* | |
8029 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. | |
8030 */ | |
8031 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
8032 if (screen_char_attr != 0) | |
8033 attr = screen_char_attr; | |
8034 else | |
8035 #endif | |
8036 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
8037 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
8038 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
8039 | |
8040 windgoto(row, col); | |
8041 | |
8042 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
8043 screen_start_highlight(attr); | |
8044 | |
8045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8046 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
8047 { | |
8048 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
8049 | |
8050 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ | |
8051 | |
8052 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; | |
8053 | |
8054 out_str(buf); | |
8055 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) | |
8056 ++screen_cur_col; | |
8057 } | |
8058 else | |
8059 #endif | |
8060 { | |
8061 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8062 out_flush_check(); | |
8063 #endif | |
8064 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
8065 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8066 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ | |
8067 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
8068 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
8069 #endif | |
8070 } | |
8071 | |
8072 screen_cur_col++; | |
8073 } | |
8074 | |
8075 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8076 | |
8077 /* | |
8078 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] | |
8079 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. | |
8080 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to | |
8081 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. | |
8082 */ | |
8083 static void | |
8084 screen_char_2(off, row, col) | |
8085 unsigned off; | |
8086 int row; | |
8087 int col; | |
8088 { | |
8089 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ | |
8090 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) | |
8091 return; | |
8092 | |
8093 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
8094 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
8095 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) | |
8096 { | |
8097 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
8098 return; | |
8099 } | |
8100 | |
8101 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the | |
8102 * second byte directly. */ | |
8103 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
8104 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); | |
8105 ++screen_cur_col; | |
8106 } | |
8107 #endif | |
8108 | |
8109 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
8110 /* | |
8111 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. | |
8112 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. | |
8113 */ | |
8114 void | |
8115 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) | |
8116 int row; | |
8117 int col; | |
8118 int height; | |
8119 int width; | |
8120 int invert; | |
8121 { | |
8122 int r, c; | |
8123 int off; | |
1378 | 8124 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8125 int max_off; | |
8126 #endif | |
7 | 8127 |
534 | 8128 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ |
8129 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
8130 return; | |
8131 | |
7 | 8132 if (invert) |
8133 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; | |
8134 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) | |
8135 { | |
8136 off = LineOffset[r]; | |
1378 | 8137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8138 max_off = off + screen_Columns; | |
8139 #endif | |
7 | 8140 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) |
8141 { | |
8142 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1378 | 8143 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
7 | 8144 { |
8145 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); | |
8146 ++c; | |
8147 } | |
8148 else | |
8149 #endif | |
8150 { | |
8151 screen_char(off + c, r, c); | |
8152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1378 | 8153 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
7 | 8154 ++c; |
8155 #endif | |
8156 } | |
8157 } | |
8158 } | |
8159 screen_char_attr = 0; | |
8160 } | |
8161 #endif | |
8162 | |
8163 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
8164 /* | |
8165 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. | |
8166 */ | |
8167 static void | |
8168 redraw_block(row, end, wp) | |
8169 int row; | |
8170 int end; | |
8171 win_T *wp; | |
8172 { | |
8173 int col; | |
8174 int width; | |
8175 | |
8176 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
8177 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); | |
8178 # endif | |
8179 | |
8180 if (wp == NULL) | |
8181 { | |
8182 col = 0; | |
8183 width = Columns; | |
8184 } | |
8185 else | |
8186 { | |
8187 col = wp->w_wincol; | |
8188 width = wp->w_width; | |
8189 } | |
8190 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); | |
8191 } | |
8192 #endif | |
8193 | |
8194 /* | |
8195 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' | |
8196 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. | |
8197 * Use attributes 'attr'. | |
8198 */ | |
8199 void | |
8200 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) | |
8201 int start_row, end_row; | |
8202 int start_col, end_col; | |
8203 int c1, c2; | |
8204 int attr; | |
8205 { | |
8206 int row; | |
8207 int col; | |
8208 int off; | |
8209 int end_off; | |
8210 int did_delete; | |
8211 int c; | |
8212 int norm_term; | |
8213 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
8214 int force_next = FALSE; | |
8215 #endif | |
8216 | |
8217 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
8218 end_row = screen_Rows; | |
8219 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ | |
8220 end_col = screen_Columns; | |
8221 if (ScreenLines == NULL | |
8222 || start_row >= end_row | |
8223 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ | |
8224 return; | |
8225 | |
8226 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ | |
8227 norm_term = ( | |
8228 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8229 !gui.in_use && | |
8230 #endif | |
8231 t_colors <= 1); | |
8232 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) | |
8233 { | |
1668 | 8234 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8235 if (has_mbyte | |
8236 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8237 && !gui.in_use | |
8238 # endif | |
8239 ) | |
8240 { | |
8241 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear | |
8242 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a | |
8243 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a | |
8244 * terminal. */ | |
1685 | 8245 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) |
1670 | 8246 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); |
1677 | 8247 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) |
1670 | 8248 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); |
1668 | 8249 } |
8250 #endif | |
7 | 8251 /* |
8252 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a | |
8253 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a | |
8254 * space. | |
8255 */ | |
8256 did_delete = FALSE; | |
8257 if (c2 == ' ' | |
8258 && end_col == Columns | |
8259 && can_clear(T_CE) | |
8260 && (attr == 0 | |
8261 || (norm_term | |
8262 && attr <= HL_ALL | |
8263 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) | |
8264 { | |
8265 /* | |
8266 * check if we really need to clear something | |
8267 */ | |
8268 col = start_col; | |
8269 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ | |
8270 ++col; | |
8271 | |
8272 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
8273 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; | |
8274 | |
8275 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ | |
8276 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8277 if (enc_utf8) | |
8278 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
8279 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) | |
8280 ++off; | |
8281 else | |
8282 #endif | |
8283 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
8284 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) | |
8285 ++off; | |
8286 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ | |
8287 { | |
8288 col = off - LineOffset[row]; | |
8289 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
8290 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
8291 out_str(T_CE); | |
8292 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
8293 col = end_col - col; | |
8294 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ | |
8295 { | |
8296 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
8297 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8298 if (enc_utf8) | |
8299 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
8300 #endif | |
8301 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; | |
8302 ++off; | |
8303 } | |
8304 } | |
8305 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ | |
8306 } | |
8307 | |
8308 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; | |
8309 c = c1; | |
8310 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) | |
8311 { | |
8312 if (ScreenLines[off] != c | |
8313 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8314 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] |
8315 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
7 | 8316 #endif |
8317 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
8318 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
8319 || force_next | |
8320 #endif | |
8321 ) | |
8322 { | |
8323 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
8324 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in | |
8325 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the | |
8326 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our | |
8327 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ | |
8328 if ( | |
8329 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8330 gui.in_use | |
8331 # endif | |
8332 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
8333 || | |
8334 # endif | |
8335 # ifdef UNIX | |
8336 term_is_xterm | |
8337 # endif | |
8338 ) | |
8339 { | |
8340 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' | |
8341 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL | |
8342 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) | |
8343 force_next = TRUE; | |
8344 else | |
8345 force_next = FALSE; | |
8346 } | |
8347 #endif | |
8348 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
8349 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8350 if (enc_utf8) | |
8351 { | |
8352 if (c >= 0x80) | |
8353 { | |
8354 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; | |
714 | 8355 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; |
7 | 8356 } |
8357 else | |
8358 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
8359 } | |
8360 #endif | |
8361 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
8362 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') | |
8363 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
8364 } | |
8365 ++off; | |
8366 if (col == start_col) | |
8367 { | |
8368 if (did_delete) | |
8369 break; | |
8370 c = c2; | |
8371 } | |
8372 } | |
8373 if (end_col == Columns) | |
8374 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
8375 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ | |
8376 { | |
8377 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
8378 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') | |
8379 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ | |
644 | 8380 if (start_col == 0) |
8381 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ | |
7 | 8382 } |
8383 } | |
8384 } | |
8385 | |
8386 /* | |
8387 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the | |
8388 * screen or the command line. | |
8389 */ | |
8390 void | |
8391 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) | |
8392 int check_msg_scroll; | |
8393 { | |
8394 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) | |
8395 && !did_wait_return | |
8396 && emsg_silent == 0) | |
8397 { | |
8398 out_flush(); | |
8399 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); | |
8400 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
8401 if (check_msg_scroll) | |
8402 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
8403 } | |
8404 } | |
8405 | |
8406 /* | |
8407 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed | |
3263 | 8408 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. |
7 | 8409 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. |
8410 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. | |
8411 */ | |
8412 int | |
3263 | 8413 screen_valid(doclear) |
8414 int doclear; | |
7 | 8415 { |
3263 | 8416 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ |
7 | 8417 return (ScreenLines != NULL); |
8418 } | |
8419 | |
8420 /* | |
8421 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. | |
8422 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. | |
8423 * | |
8424 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating | |
8425 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing | |
8426 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items | |
8427 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the | |
8428 * final size of the shell is needed. | |
8429 */ | |
8430 void | |
3263 | 8431 screenalloc(doclear) |
8432 int doclear; | |
7 | 8433 { |
8434 int new_row, old_row; | |
8435 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8436 int old_Rows; | |
8437 #endif | |
8438 win_T *wp; | |
8439 int outofmem = FALSE; | |
8440 int len; | |
8441 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; | |
8442 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8443 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
714 | 8444 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; |
7 | 8445 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; |
714 | 8446 int i; |
7 | 8447 #endif |
8448 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; | |
8449 unsigned *new_LineOffset; | |
8450 char_u *new_LineWraps; | |
671 | 8451 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
681 | 8452 short *new_TabPageIdxs; |
671 | 8453 tabpage_T *tp; |
8454 #endif | |
7 | 8455 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ |
944 | 8456 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ |
1824 | 8457 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
8458 int retry_count = 0; | |
8459 | |
8460 retry: | |
8461 #endif | |
7 | 8462 /* |
8463 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and | |
8464 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full | |
8465 * screen stuff. | |
8466 */ | |
8467 if ((ScreenLines != NULL | |
8468 && Rows == screen_Rows | |
8469 && Columns == screen_Columns | |
8470 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8471 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) | |
8472 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
714 | 8473 && p_mco == Screen_mco |
7 | 8474 #endif |
8475 ) | |
8476 || Rows == 0 | |
8477 || Columns == 0 | |
8478 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) | |
8479 return; | |
8480 | |
8481 /* | |
8482 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which | |
8483 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just | |
8484 * return here. | |
8485 */ | |
8486 if (entered) | |
8487 return; | |
8488 entered = TRUE; | |
8489 | |
911 | 8490 /* |
8491 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, | |
8492 * thus we must not redraw here! | |
8493 */ | |
8494 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
8495 | |
7 | 8496 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ |
8497 | |
8498 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ | |
8499 | |
8500 /* | |
8501 * We're changing the size of the screen. | |
8502 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. | |
8503 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra | |
8504 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). | |
8505 * - Free the old arrays. | |
8506 * | |
8507 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! | |
8508 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the | |
8509 * size is wrong. | |
8510 */ | |
671 | 8511 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
7 | 8512 win_free_lsize(wp); |
1946 | 8513 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
8514 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
8515 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); | |
8516 #endif | |
7 | 8517 |
8518 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
8519 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
8520 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2122
476336a5ae95
updated for version 7.2.404
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2069
diff
changeset
|
8521 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); |
7 | 8522 if (enc_utf8) |
8523 { | |
8524 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
8525 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); | |
714 | 8526 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
8527 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( |
7 | 8528 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
8529 } | |
8530 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
8531 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
8532 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
8533 #endif | |
8534 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
8535 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); | |
8536 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
8537 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); | |
8538 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); | |
671 | 8539 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
681 | 8540 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); |
671 | 8541 #endif |
7 | 8542 |
677 | 8543 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
7 | 8544 { |
8545 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) | |
8546 { | |
8547 outofmem = TRUE; | |
8548 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
1819 | 8549 goto give_up; |
8550 #endif | |
8551 } | |
8552 } | |
1906 | 8553 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1946 | 8554 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL |
8555 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) | |
1906 | 8556 outofmem = TRUE; |
8557 #endif | |
1819 | 8558 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8559 give_up: | |
8560 #endif | |
7 | 8561 |
714 | 8562 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8563 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) | |
8564 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) | |
8565 break; | |
8566 #endif | |
7 | 8567 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL |
8568 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8569 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) |
7 | 8570 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) |
8571 #endif | |
8572 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL | |
8573 || new_LineOffset == NULL | |
8574 || new_LineWraps == NULL | |
671 | 8575 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8576 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL | |
8577 #endif | |
7 | 8578 || outofmem) |
8579 { | |
944 | 8580 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) |
534 | 8581 { |
8582 /* guess the size */ | |
8583 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); | |
8584 | |
8585 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over | |
8586 * and over again. */ | |
944 | 8587 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; |
534 | 8588 } |
7 | 8589 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); |
8590 new_ScreenLines = NULL; | |
8591 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8592 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); | |
8593 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
714 | 8594 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8595 { | |
8596 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
8597 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; | |
8598 } | |
7 | 8599 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); |
8600 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; | |
8601 #endif | |
8602 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); | |
8603 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; | |
8604 vim_free(new_LineOffset); | |
8605 new_LineOffset = NULL; | |
8606 vim_free(new_LineWraps); | |
8607 new_LineWraps = NULL; | |
671 | 8608 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8609 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); | |
8610 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; | |
8611 #endif | |
7 | 8612 } |
8613 else | |
8614 { | |
944 | 8615 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; |
534 | 8616 |
7 | 8617 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) |
8618 { | |
8619 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; | |
8620 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; | |
8621 | |
8622 /* | |
8623 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as | |
8624 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest | |
8625 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when | |
8626 * executing an external command, for the GUI). | |
8627 */ | |
3263 | 8628 if (!doclear) |
7 | 8629 { |
8630 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, | |
8631 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8632 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8633 if (enc_utf8) | |
8634 { | |
8635 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, | |
8636 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
714 | 8637 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8638 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
8639 + new_row * Columns, | |
7 | 8640 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8641 } | |
8642 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
8643 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, | |
8644 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8645 #endif | |
8646 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, | |
8647 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
8648 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); | |
534 | 8649 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) |
7 | 8650 { |
8651 if (screen_Columns < Columns) | |
8652 len = screen_Columns; | |
8653 else | |
8654 len = Columns; | |
26 | 8655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
571 | 8656 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they |
714 | 8657 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ |
8658 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) | |
8659 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
26 | 8660 #endif |
8661 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
8662 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], | |
8663 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
7 | 8664 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
714 | 8665 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL |
8666 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
7 | 8667 { |
8668 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
8669 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], | |
8670 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
714 | 8671 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8672 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
8673 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
8674 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], | |
7 | 8675 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8676 } | |
8677 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
8678 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
8679 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], | |
8680 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8681 #endif | |
8682 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
8683 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], | |
8684 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
8685 } | |
8686 } | |
8687 } | |
8688 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ | |
8689 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; | |
8690 } | |
8691 | |
356 | 8692 free_screenlines(); |
8693 | |
7 | 8694 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; |
8695 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8696 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; | |
714 | 8697 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8698 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; | |
8699 Screen_mco = p_mco; | |
7 | 8700 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; |
8701 #endif | |
8702 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; | |
8703 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; | |
8704 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; | |
671 | 8705 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8706 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; | |
8707 #endif | |
7 | 8708 |
8709 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual | |
8710 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ | |
8711 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8712 old_Rows = screen_Rows; | |
8713 #endif | |
8714 screen_Rows = Rows; | |
8715 screen_Columns = Columns; | |
8716 | |
8717 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ | |
3263 | 8718 if (doclear) |
7 | 8719 screenclear2(); |
8720 | |
8721 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8722 else if (gui.in_use | |
8723 && !gui.starting | |
8724 && ScreenLines != NULL | |
8725 && old_Rows != Rows) | |
8726 { | |
8727 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); | |
8728 /* | |
8729 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external | |
8730 * command. | |
8731 */ | |
8732 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ | |
8733 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ | |
8734 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ | |
8735 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ | |
8736 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ | |
8737 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ | |
8738 } | |
8739 #endif | |
8740 | |
8741 entered = FALSE; | |
911 | 8742 --RedrawingDisabled; |
766 | 8743 |
8744 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1824 | 8745 /* |
8746 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop | |
8747 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. | |
8748 */ | |
8749 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) | |
8750 { | |
766 | 8751 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
1824 | 8752 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, |
8753 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ | |
8754 goto retry; | |
8755 } | |
766 | 8756 #endif |
7 | 8757 } |
8758 | |
8759 void | |
356 | 8760 free_screenlines() |
8761 { | |
8762 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8763 int i; |
8764 | |
356 | 8765 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); |
714 | 8766 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
8767 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
356 | 8768 vim_free(ScreenLines2); |
8769 #endif | |
714 | 8770 vim_free(ScreenLines); |
356 | 8771 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); |
8772 vim_free(LineOffset); | |
8773 vim_free(LineWraps); | |
671 | 8774 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8775 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); | |
8776 #endif | |
356 | 8777 } |
8778 | |
8779 void | |
7 | 8780 screenclear() |
8781 { | |
8782 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
8783 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
8784 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ | |
8785 } | |
8786 | |
8787 static void | |
8788 screenclear2() | |
8789 { | |
8790 int i; | |
8791 | |
8792 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL | |
8793 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8794 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
8795 #endif | |
8796 ) | |
8797 return; | |
8798 | |
8799 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8800 if (!gui.in_use) | |
8801 #endif | |
8802 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ | |
8803 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ | |
8804 | |
8805 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
8806 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ | |
8807 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
8808 #endif | |
8809 | |
8810 /* blank out ScreenLines */ | |
8811 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
8812 { | |
8813 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
8814 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; | |
8815 } | |
8816 | |
8817 if (can_clear(T_CL)) | |
8818 { | |
8819 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ | |
8820 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
644 | 8821 mode_displayed = FALSE; |
7 | 8822 } |
8823 else | |
8824 { | |
8825 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ | |
8826 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
8827 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
8828 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
8829 } | |
8830 | |
8831 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ | |
8832 | |
8833 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); | |
8834 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
670 | 8835 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
673 | 8836 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
670 | 8837 #endif |
7 | 8838 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ |
8839 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; | |
8840 compute_cmdrow(); | |
8841 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ | |
8842 msg_col = 0; | |
8843 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
8844 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ | |
8845 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
8846 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
8847 } | |
8848 | |
8849 /* | |
8850 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. | |
8851 */ | |
8852 static void | |
8853 lineclear(off, width) | |
8854 unsigned off; | |
8855 int width; | |
8856 { | |
8857 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8858 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8859 if (enc_utf8) | |
8860 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, | |
8861 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
8862 #endif | |
8863 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
8864 } | |
8865 | |
8866 /* | |
8867 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an | |
8868 * invalid value. | |
8869 */ | |
8870 static void | |
8871 lineinvalid(off, width) | |
8872 unsigned off; | |
8873 int width; | |
8874 { | |
8875 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
8876 } | |
8877 | |
8878 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
8879 /* | |
8880 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". | |
8881 */ | |
8882 static void | |
8883 linecopy(to, from, wp) | |
8884 int to; | |
8885 int from; | |
8886 win_T *wp; | |
8887 { | |
8888 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; | |
8889 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; | |
8890 | |
8891 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, | |
8892 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8893 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8894 if (enc_utf8) | |
8895 { | |
714 | 8896 int i; |
8897 | |
7 | 8898 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, |
8899 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
714 | 8900 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8901 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, | |
8902 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
7 | 8903 } |
8904 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
8905 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, | |
8906 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8907 # endif | |
8908 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, | |
8909 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
8910 } | |
8911 #endif | |
8912 | |
8913 /* | |
8914 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. | |
8915 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. | |
8916 */ | |
8917 int | |
8918 can_clear(p) | |
8919 char_u *p; | |
8920 { | |
8921 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 | |
8922 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8923 || gui.in_use | |
8924 #endif | |
8925 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); | |
8926 } | |
8927 | |
8928 /* | |
8929 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting | |
8930 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control | |
8931 * code. | |
8932 */ | |
8933 void | |
8934 screen_start() | |
8935 { | |
8936 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; | |
8937 } | |
8938 | |
8939 /* | |
8940 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. | |
8941 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of | |
8942 * characters sent to the terminal. | |
8943 */ | |
8944 void | |
8945 windgoto(row, col) | |
8946 int row; | |
8947 int col; | |
8948 { | |
205 | 8949 sattr_T *p; |
7 | 8950 int i; |
8951 int plan; | |
8952 int cost; | |
8953 int wouldbe_col; | |
8954 int noinvcurs; | |
8955 char_u *bs; | |
8956 int goto_cost; | |
8957 int attr; | |
8958 | |
1213 | 8959 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ |
7 | 8960 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ |
8961 | |
8962 #define PLAN_LE 1 | |
8963 #define PLAN_CR 2 | |
8964 #define PLAN_NL 3 | |
8965 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 | |
8966 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ | |
8967 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
8968 return; | |
8969 | |
8970 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) | |
8971 { | |
8972 /* Check for valid position. */ | |
8973 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ | |
8974 row = 0; | |
8975 if (row >= screen_Rows) | |
8976 row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
8977 if (col >= screen_Columns) | |
8978 col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
8979 | |
8980 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ | |
8981 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) | |
8982 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; | |
8983 else | |
8984 noinvcurs = 0; | |
8985 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; | |
8986 | |
8987 /* | |
8988 * Plan how to do the positioning: | |
8989 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. | |
8990 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. | |
8991 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. | |
8992 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. | |
8993 * | |
8994 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor | |
8995 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) | |
8996 * | |
1213 | 8997 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write |
7 | 8998 * characters to move the cursor to the right. |
8999 */ | |
9000 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) | |
9001 { | |
9002 /* | |
9003 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR | |
9004 * or T_LE. | |
9005 */ | |
9006 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
9007 attr = screen_attr; | |
9008 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) | |
9009 { | |
9010 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ | |
9011 if (*T_LE) | |
9012 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ | |
9013 else | |
9014 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ | |
9015 if (*bs) | |
9016 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); | |
9017 else | |
9018 cost = 999; | |
9019 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ | |
9020 { | |
9021 plan = PLAN_CR; | |
9022 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
9023 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ | |
9024 } | |
9025 else | |
9026 { | |
9027 plan = PLAN_LE; | |
9028 wouldbe_col = col; | |
9029 } | |
9030 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
9031 { | |
9032 cost += noinvcurs; | |
9033 attr = 0; | |
9034 } | |
9035 } | |
9036 | |
9037 /* | |
9038 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. | |
9039 */ | |
9040 else if (row > screen_cur_row) | |
9041 { | |
9042 plan = PLAN_NL; | |
9043 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
9044 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ | |
9045 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
9046 { | |
9047 cost += noinvcurs; | |
9048 attr = 0; | |
9049 } | |
9050 } | |
9051 | |
9052 /* | |
9053 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. | |
9054 */ | |
9055 else | |
9056 { | |
9057 plan = PLAN_WRITE; | |
9058 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; | |
9059 cost = 0; | |
9060 } | |
9061 | |
9062 /* | |
9063 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the | |
9064 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. | |
9065 */ | |
9066 i = col - wouldbe_col; | |
9067 if (i > 0) | |
9068 cost += i; | |
9069 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) | |
9070 { | |
9071 /* | |
9072 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally | |
9073 * stopping highlighting. | |
9074 */ | |
9075 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; | |
9076 while (i && *p++ == attr) | |
9077 --i; | |
9078 if (i != 0) | |
9079 { | |
9080 /* | |
9081 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. | |
9082 */ | |
9083 if (*--p == 0) | |
9084 { | |
9085 cost += noinvcurs; | |
9086 while (i && *p++ == 0) | |
9087 --i; | |
9088 } | |
9089 if (i != 0) | |
9090 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ | |
9091 } | |
9092 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9093 if (enc_utf8) | |
9094 { | |
9095 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ | |
9096 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) | |
9097 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) | |
9098 { | |
9099 cost = 999; | |
9100 break; | |
9101 } | |
9102 } | |
9103 #endif | |
9104 } | |
9105 | |
9106 /* | |
9107 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! | |
9108 */ | |
9109 if (cost < goto_cost) | |
9110 { | |
9111 if (plan == PLAN_LE) | |
9112 { | |
9113 if (noinvcurs) | |
9114 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9115 while (screen_cur_col > col) | |
9116 { | |
9117 out_str(bs); | |
9118 --screen_cur_col; | |
9119 } | |
9120 } | |
9121 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) | |
9122 { | |
9123 if (noinvcurs) | |
9124 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9125 out_char('\r'); | |
9126 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
9127 } | |
9128 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) | |
9129 { | |
9130 if (noinvcurs) | |
9131 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9132 while (screen_cur_row < row) | |
9133 { | |
9134 out_char('\n'); | |
9135 ++screen_cur_row; | |
9136 } | |
9137 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
9138 } | |
9139 | |
9140 i = col - screen_cur_col; | |
9141 if (i > 0) | |
9142 { | |
9143 /* | |
9144 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids | |
9145 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when | |
9146 * using the bold trick in the GUI. | |
9147 */ | |
9148 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) | |
9149 { | |
9150 while (i-- > 0) | |
9151 out_char(*T_ND); | |
9152 } | |
9153 else | |
9154 { | |
9155 int off; | |
9156 | |
9157 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; | |
9158 while (i-- > 0) | |
9159 { | |
9160 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) | |
9161 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9162 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9163 out_flush_check(); | |
9164 #endif | |
9165 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
9166 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9167 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
9168 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
9169 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
9170 #endif | |
9171 ++off; | |
9172 } | |
9173 } | |
9174 } | |
9175 } | |
9176 } | |
9177 else | |
9178 cost = 999; | |
9179 | |
9180 if (cost >= goto_cost) | |
9181 { | |
9182 if (noinvcurs) | |
9183 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
5995 | 9184 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) |
9185 && *T_CRI != NUL) | |
7 | 9186 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); |
9187 else | |
9188 term_windgoto(row, col); | |
9189 } | |
9190 screen_cur_row = row; | |
9191 screen_cur_col = col; | |
9192 } | |
9193 } | |
9194 | |
9195 /* | |
9196 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. | |
9197 */ | |
9198 void | |
9199 setcursor() | |
9200 { | |
9201 if (redrawing()) | |
9202 { | |
9203 validate_cursor(); | |
9204 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, | |
9205 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( | |
9206 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1545 | 9207 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide |
9208 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ | |
7 | 9209 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( |
9210 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1545 | 9211 (has_mbyte |
9212 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 | |
9213 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : | |
7 | 9214 # endif |
9215 1)) : | |
9216 #endif | |
9217 curwin->w_wcol)); | |
9218 } | |
9219 } | |
9220 | |
9221 | |
9222 /* | |
9223 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' | |
9224 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. | |
9225 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
9226 * scrolling. | |
9227 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. | |
9228 */ | |
9229 int | |
9230 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
9231 win_T *wp; | |
9232 int row; | |
9233 int line_count; | |
9234 int invalid; | |
9235 int mayclear; | |
9236 { | |
9237 int did_delete; | |
9238 int nextrow; | |
9239 int lastrow; | |
9240 int retval; | |
9241 | |
9242 if (invalid) | |
9243 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
9244 | |
9245 if (wp->w_height < 5) | |
9246 return FAIL; | |
9247 | |
9248 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
9249 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
9250 | |
9251 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); | |
9252 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
9253 return retval; | |
9254 | |
9255 /* | |
9256 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the | |
9257 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. | |
9258 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid | |
9259 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. | |
9260 */ | |
9261 did_delete = FALSE; | |
9262 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9263 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) | |
9264 { | |
9265 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
9266 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) | |
9267 did_delete = TRUE; | |
9268 else if (wp->w_next) | |
9269 return FAIL; | |
9270 } | |
9271 #endif | |
9272 /* | |
9273 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window | |
9274 */ | |
9275 if (!did_delete) | |
9276 { | |
9277 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9278 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
9279 #endif | |
9280 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
9281 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); | |
9282 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; | |
9283 if (lastrow > Rows) | |
9284 lastrow = Rows; | |
9285 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, | |
9286 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
9287 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
9288 } | |
9289 | |
9290 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) | |
9291 == FAIL) | |
9292 { | |
9293 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ | |
9294 if (did_delete) | |
9295 { | |
9296 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9297 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
9298 #endif | |
9299 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); | |
9300 } | |
9301 return FAIL; | |
9302 } | |
9303 | |
9304 return OK; | |
9305 } | |
9306 | |
9307 /* | |
9308 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" | |
9309 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. | |
9310 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
9311 * scrolling | |
9312 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
9313 */ | |
9314 int | |
9315 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
9316 win_T *wp; | |
9317 int row; | |
9318 int line_count; | |
9319 int invalid; | |
9320 int mayclear; | |
9321 { | |
9322 int retval; | |
9323 | |
9324 if (invalid) | |
9325 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
9326 | |
9327 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
9328 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
9329 | |
9330 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); | |
9331 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
9332 return retval; | |
9333 | |
9334 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, | |
9335 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) | |
9336 return FAIL; | |
9337 | |
9338 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9339 /* | |
9340 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the | |
9341 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. | |
9342 */ | |
9343 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
9344 { | |
9345 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
9346 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
9347 { | |
9348 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
9349 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); | |
9350 } | |
9351 } | |
9352 /* | |
9353 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the | |
9354 * command line later. | |
9355 */ | |
9356 else | |
9357 #endif | |
9358 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
9359 return OK; | |
9360 } | |
9361 | |
9362 /* | |
9363 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). | |
9364 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. | |
9365 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. | |
9366 */ | |
9367 static int | |
9368 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) | |
9369 win_T *wp; | |
9370 int row; | |
9371 int line_count; | |
9372 int mayclear; | |
9373 int del; | |
9374 { | |
9375 int retval; | |
9376 | |
9377 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) | |
9378 return FAIL; | |
9379 | |
9380 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ | |
9381 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 | |
9382 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9383 && wp->w_width == Columns | |
9384 #endif | |
9385 ) | |
9386 { | |
9387 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ | |
9388 return FAIL; | |
9389 } | |
9390 | |
9391 /* | |
9392 * Delete all remaining lines | |
9393 */ | |
9394 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) | |
9395 { | |
9396 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
9397 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
9398 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
9399 return OK; | |
9400 } | |
9401 | |
9402 /* | |
9403 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, | |
9404 * otherwise it will stay there forever. | |
9405 */ | |
9406 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
9407 | |
9408 /* | |
9409 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. | |
9410 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from | |
9411 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using | |
9412 * win_line(). | |
9413 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing | |
9414 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a | |
9415 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. | |
9416 */ | |
9417 if (scroll_region | |
9418 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9419 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns | |
9420 #endif | |
9421 ) | |
9422 { | |
9423 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9424 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
9425 #endif | |
9426 scroll_region_set(wp, row); | |
9427 if (del) | |
9428 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
9429 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); | |
9430 else | |
9431 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
9432 wp->w_height - row, wp); | |
9433 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9434 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
9435 #endif | |
9436 scroll_region_reset(); | |
9437 return retval; | |
9438 } | |
9439 | |
9440 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9441 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ | |
9442 return FAIL; | |
9443 #endif | |
9444 | |
9445 return MAYBE; | |
9446 } | |
9447 | |
9448 /* | |
9449 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw | |
9450 */ | |
9451 static void | |
9452 win_rest_invalid(wp) | |
9453 win_T *wp; | |
9454 { | |
9455 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9456 while (wp != NULL) | |
9457 #else | |
9458 if (wp != NULL) | |
9459 #endif | |
9460 { | |
9461 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
9462 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9463 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
9464 wp = wp->w_next; | |
9465 #endif | |
9466 } | |
9467 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
9468 } | |
9469 | |
9470 /* | |
9471 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The | |
9472 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding | |
9473 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor | |
9474 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. | |
9475 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually | |
9476 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate | |
9477 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. | |
9478 */ | |
9479 | |
9480 /* | |
9481 * types for inserting or deleting lines | |
9482 */ | |
9483 #define USE_T_CAL 1 | |
9484 #define USE_T_CDL 2 | |
9485 #define USE_T_AL 3 | |
9486 #define USE_T_CE 4 | |
9487 #define USE_T_DL 5 | |
9488 #define USE_T_SR 6 | |
9489 #define USE_NL 7 | |
9490 #define USE_T_CD 8 | |
9491 #define USE_REDRAW 9 | |
9492 | |
9493 /* | |
9494 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
9495 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
9496 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
9497 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
9498 * | |
9499 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
9500 */ | |
446 | 9501 int |
7 | 9502 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) |
9503 int off; | |
9504 int row; | |
9505 int line_count; | |
9506 int end; | |
9507 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ | |
9508 { | |
9509 int i; | |
9510 int j; | |
9511 unsigned temp; | |
9512 int cursor_row; | |
9513 int type; | |
9514 int result_empty; | |
9515 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); | |
9516 | |
9517 /* | |
9518 * FAIL if | |
9519 * - there is no valid screen | |
9520 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
9521 * - the line count is less than one | |
9522 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
9523 */ | |
9524 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) | |
9525 return FAIL; | |
9526 | |
9527 /* | |
9528 * There are seven ways to insert lines: | |
9529 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
9530 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
9531 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of | |
9532 * the insert is just empty lines | |
9533 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not | |
9534 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts | |
9535 * at once. | |
9536 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the | |
9537 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > | |
9538 * 1. | |
9539 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. | |
9540 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
9541 * just empty lines. | |
9542 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
9543 * just empty lines. | |
9544 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and | |
9545 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. | |
9546 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
9547 * | |
9548 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves | |
9549 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it | |
9550 * exists. | |
9551 */ | |
9552 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); | |
9553 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9554 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
9555 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
9556 else | |
9557 #endif | |
9558 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
9559 type = USE_T_CD; | |
9560 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) | |
9561 type = USE_T_CAL; | |
9562 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) | |
9563 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
9564 else if (*T_AL != NUL) | |
9565 type = USE_T_AL; | |
9566 else if (can_ce && result_empty) | |
9567 type = USE_T_CE; | |
9568 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) | |
9569 type = USE_T_DL; | |
9570 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) | |
9571 type = USE_T_SR; | |
9572 else | |
9573 return FAIL; | |
9574 | |
9575 /* | |
9576 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take | |
9577 * care of t_db if necessary. | |
9578 */ | |
9579 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || | |
9580 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) | |
9581 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
9582 | |
9583 /* | |
9584 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many | |
9585 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that | |
9586 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. | |
9587 */ | |
9588 if (*T_DB) | |
9589 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
9590 | |
9591 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
9592 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen | |
9593 * or not the full width of the screen. */ | |
9594 if (off + row > 0 | |
9595 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9596 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
9597 # endif | |
9598 ) | |
3674 | 9599 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
7 | 9600 else |
9601 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); | |
9602 #endif | |
9603 | |
9604 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
9605 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
9606 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
9607 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
9608 #endif | |
9609 | |
9610 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
9611 cursor_row = row; | |
9612 else | |
9613 cursor_row = row + off; | |
9614 | |
9615 /* | |
9616 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. | |
9617 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
9618 */ | |
9619 row += off; | |
9620 end += off; | |
9621 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
9622 { | |
9623 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9624 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
9625 { | |
9626 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
9627 j = end - 1 - i; | |
9628 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
9629 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); | |
9630 j += line_count; | |
9631 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
9632 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
9633 else | |
9634 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
9635 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
9636 } | |
9637 else | |
9638 #endif | |
9639 { | |
9640 j = end - 1 - i; | |
9641 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
9642 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
9643 { | |
9644 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
9645 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
9646 } | |
9647 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; | |
9648 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; | |
9649 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
9650 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
9651 else | |
9652 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
9653 } | |
9654 } | |
9655 | |
9656 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9657 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
9658 | |
9659 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9660 /* redraw the characters */ | |
9661 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
9662 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
9663 else | |
9664 #endif | |
9665 if (type == USE_T_CAL) | |
9666 { | |
9667 term_append_lines(line_count); | |
9668 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9669 } | |
9670 else | |
9671 { | |
9672 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) | |
9673 { | |
9674 if (type == USE_T_AL) | |
9675 { | |
9676 if (i && cursor_row != 0) | |
9677 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
9678 out_str(T_AL); | |
9679 } | |
9680 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ | |
9681 out_str(T_SR); | |
9682 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9683 } | |
9684 } | |
9685 | |
9686 /* | |
9687 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that | |
9688 * have been scrolled down into the region. | |
9689 */ | |
9690 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) | |
9691 { | |
9692 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
9693 { | |
9694 windgoto(off + i, 0); | |
9695 out_str(T_CE); | |
9696 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9697 } | |
9698 } | |
9699 | |
9700 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
9701 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
9702 if (gui.in_use) | |
9703 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
9704 #endif | |
9705 return OK; | |
9706 } | |
9707 | |
9708 /* | |
9709 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
9710 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
9711 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
9712 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
9713 * | |
9714 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
9715 */ | |
9716 int | |
9717 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) | |
9718 int off; | |
9719 int row; | |
9720 int line_count; | |
9721 int end; | |
9722 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ | |
1883 | 9723 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ |
7 | 9724 { |
9725 int j; | |
9726 int i; | |
9727 unsigned temp; | |
9728 int cursor_row; | |
9729 int cursor_end; | |
9730 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ | |
9731 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ | |
9732 int type; | |
9733 | |
9734 /* | |
9735 * FAIL if | |
9736 * - there is no valid screen | |
9737 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
9738 * - the line count is less than one | |
9739 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
9740 */ | |
9741 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || | |
9742 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) | |
9743 return FAIL; | |
9744 | |
9745 /* | |
9746 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. | |
9747 */ | |
9748 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; | |
9749 | |
9750 /* | |
9751 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option | |
9752 * available. | |
9753 */ | |
9754 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); | |
9755 | |
9756 /* | |
9757 * There are six ways to delete lines: | |
9758 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
9759 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
9760 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. | |
9761 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. | |
9762 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or | |
9763 * none of the other ways work. | |
9764 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. | |
9765 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. | |
9766 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
9767 */ | |
9768 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9769 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
9770 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
9771 else | |
9772 #endif | |
9773 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
9774 type = USE_T_CD; | |
9775 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) | |
9776 /* | |
9777 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in | |
9778 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != | |
9779 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* | |
9780 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do | |
9781 * the trick... | |
9782 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. | |
9783 * (Olaf Seibert) | |
9784 */ | |
9785 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option | |
9786 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
9787 #else | |
9788 else if (row == 0 && ( | |
9789 #ifndef AMIGA | |
9790 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll | |
9791 * up, so use delete-line command */ | |
9792 line_count == 1 || | |
9793 #endif | |
9794 *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
9795 #endif | |
9796 type = USE_NL; | |
9797 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) | |
9798 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
9799 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty | |
9800 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9801 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) | |
9802 #endif | |
9803 ) | |
9804 type = USE_T_CE; | |
9805 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) | |
9806 type = USE_T_DL; | |
9807 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) | |
9808 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
9809 else | |
9810 return FAIL; | |
9811 | |
9812 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
9813 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or | |
9814 * not the full width of the screen. */ | |
9815 if (off + row > 0 | |
9816 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9817 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
9818 # endif | |
9819 ) | |
3674 | 9820 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
7 | 9821 else |
9822 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); | |
9823 #endif | |
9824 | |
9825 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
9826 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
9827 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
9828 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
9829 #endif | |
9830 | |
9831 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
9832 { | |
9833 cursor_row = row; | |
9834 cursor_end = end; | |
9835 } | |
9836 else | |
9837 { | |
9838 cursor_row = row + off; | |
9839 cursor_end = end + off; | |
9840 } | |
9841 | |
9842 /* | |
9843 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. | |
9844 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
9845 */ | |
9846 row += off; | |
9847 end += off; | |
9848 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
9849 { | |
9850 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9851 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
9852 { | |
9853 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
9854 j = row + i; | |
9855 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
9856 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); | |
9857 j -= line_count; | |
9858 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
9859 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
9860 else | |
9861 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
9862 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
9863 } | |
9864 else | |
9865 #endif | |
9866 { | |
9867 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ | |
9868 j = row + i; | |
9869 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
9870 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
9871 { | |
9872 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
9873 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
9874 } | |
9875 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; | |
9876 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; | |
9877 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
9878 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
9879 else | |
9880 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
9881 } | |
9882 } | |
9883 | |
9884 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9885 | |
9886 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9887 /* redraw the characters */ | |
9888 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
9889 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
9890 else | |
9891 #endif | |
9892 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ | |
9893 { | |
9894 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
9895 out_str(T_CD); | |
9896 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9897 } | |
9898 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) | |
9899 { | |
9900 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
9901 term_delete_lines(line_count); | |
9902 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9903 } | |
9904 /* | |
9905 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll | |
9906 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the | |
9907 * last line. | |
9908 */ | |
9909 else if (type == USE_NL) | |
9910 { | |
9911 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); | |
9912 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
9913 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ | |
9914 } | |
9915 else | |
9916 { | |
9917 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
9918 { | |
9919 if (type == USE_T_DL) | |
9920 { | |
9921 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
9922 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ | |
9923 } | |
9924 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ | |
9925 { | |
9926 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); | |
9927 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
9928 } | |
9929 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9930 } | |
9931 } | |
9932 | |
9933 /* | |
9934 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been | |
9935 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. | |
9936 */ | |
9937 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) | |
9938 { | |
9939 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) | |
9940 { | |
9941 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); | |
9942 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
9943 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9944 } | |
9945 } | |
9946 | |
9947 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
9948 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
9949 if (gui.in_use) | |
9950 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
9951 #endif | |
9952 | |
9953 return OK; | |
9954 } | |
9955 | |
9956 /* | |
9957 * show the current mode and ruler | |
9958 * | |
9959 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. | |
9960 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be | |
9961 * cleared only if a mode is shown. | |
9962 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). | |
9963 */ | |
9964 int | |
9965 showmode() | |
9966 { | |
9967 int need_clear; | |
9968 int length = 0; | |
9969 int do_mode; | |
9970 int attr; | |
9971 int nwr_save; | |
9972 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
9973 int sub_attr; | |
9974 #endif | |
9975 | |
642 | 9976 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
9977 && ((State & INSERT) | |
9978 || restart_edit | |
5735 | 9979 || VIsual_active)); |
7 | 9980 if (do_mode || Recording) |
9981 { | |
9982 /* | |
9983 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. | |
9984 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because | |
9985 * it takes a bit of time. | |
9986 */ | |
9987 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) | |
9988 { | |
9989 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ | |
9990 return 0; | |
9991 } | |
9992 | |
9993 nwr_save = need_wait_return; | |
9994 | |
9995 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ | |
9996 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
9997 | |
9998 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ | |
9999 need_clear = clear_cmdline; | |
10000 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
10001 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
10002 | |
10003 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ | |
10004 msg_pos_mode(); | |
10005 cursor_off(); | |
10006 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ | |
10007 if (do_mode) | |
10008 { | |
10009 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); | |
10010 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) | |
2520 | 10011 if ( |
10012 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
10013 preedit_get_status() | |
1668 | 10014 # else |
10015 im_get_status() | |
2520 | 10016 # endif |
1668 | 10017 ) |
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
10018 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ |
7 | 10019 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); |
10020 # else | |
10021 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); | |
10022 # endif | |
10023 #endif | |
10024 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
10025 if (gui.in_use) | |
10026 { | |
10027 if (hangul_input_state_get()) | |
236 | 10028 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ |
7 | 10029 } |
10030 #endif | |
10031 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
5946 | 10032 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ |
10033 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) | |
7 | 10034 { |
10035 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow | |
10036 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ | |
10037 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; | |
10038 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
10039 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); | |
10040 if (length > 0) | |
10041 { | |
10042 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
10043 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); | |
10044 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) | |
10045 { | |
10046 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
10047 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); | |
10048 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); | |
10049 } | |
10050 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
10051 { | |
10052 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ | |
10053 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) | |
10054 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); | |
10055 else | |
10056 sub_attr = attr; | |
10057 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); | |
10058 } | |
10059 } | |
10060 length = 0; | |
10061 } | |
10062 else | |
10063 #endif | |
10064 { | |
10065 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
10066 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
10067 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); | |
10068 else | |
10069 #endif | |
10070 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
10071 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); | |
10072 else if (State & INSERT) | |
10073 { | |
10074 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
10075 if (p_ri) | |
10076 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); | |
10077 #endif | |
10078 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); | |
10079 } | |
10080 else if (restart_edit == 'I') | |
10081 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); | |
10082 else if (restart_edit == 'R') | |
10083 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); | |
10084 else if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
10085 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); | |
10086 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
10087 if (p_hkmap) | |
10088 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); | |
10089 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
10090 if (p_fkmap) | |
10091 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); | |
10092 # endif | |
10093 #endif | |
10094 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
10095 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
10096 { | |
10097 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
10098 if (curwin->w_p_arab) | |
10099 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); | |
10100 else | |
10101 # endif | |
10102 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); | |
10103 } | |
10104 #endif | |
10105 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) | |
10106 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); | |
10107 | |
10108 if (VIsual_active) | |
10109 { | |
10110 char *p; | |
10111 | |
10112 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation | |
10113 * problems. */ | |
10114 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) | |
10115 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 | |
10116 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) | |
10117 { | |
10118 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; | |
10119 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; | |
10120 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; | |
10121 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; | |
10122 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; | |
10123 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; | |
10124 } | |
10125 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); | |
10126 } | |
10127 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); | |
10128 } | |
644 | 10129 |
7 | 10130 need_clear = TRUE; |
10131 } | |
10132 if (Recording | |
10133 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
10134 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ | |
10135 #endif | |
10136 ) | |
10137 { | |
10138 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); | |
10139 need_clear = TRUE; | |
10140 } | |
644 | 10141 |
10142 mode_displayed = TRUE; | |
7 | 10143 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) |
10144 msg_clr_eos(); | |
10145 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ | |
10146 length = msg_col; | |
10147 msg_col = 0; | |
10148 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ | |
10149 } | |
10150 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) | |
10151 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ | |
10152 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
10153 | |
10154 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
10155 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ | |
10156 if (VIsual_active) | |
10157 clear_showcmd(); | |
10158 | |
10159 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode | |
10160 * message and must be redrawn */ | |
10161 if (redrawing() | |
10162 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
10163 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 | |
10164 # endif | |
10165 ) | |
10166 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); | |
10167 #endif | |
10168 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; | |
10169 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
10170 | |
10171 return length; | |
10172 } | |
10173 | |
10174 /* | |
10175 * Position for a mode message. | |
10176 */ | |
10177 static void | |
10178 msg_pos_mode() | |
10179 { | |
10180 msg_col = 0; | |
10181 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
10182 } | |
10183 | |
10184 /* | |
10185 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end | |
10186 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). | |
644 | 10187 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". |
7 | 10188 */ |
10189 void | |
10190 unshowmode(force) | |
10191 int force; | |
10192 { | |
10193 /* | |
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
10194 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. |
7 | 10195 */ |
10196 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) | |
10197 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ | |
10198 else | |
10199 { | |
10200 msg_pos_mode(); | |
10201 if (Recording) | |
10202 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); | |
10203 msg_clr_eos(); | |
10204 } | |
10205 } | |
10206 | |
667 | 10207 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
10208 /* | |
10209 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. | |
10210 */ | |
10211 static void | |
677 | 10212 draw_tabline() |
667 | 10213 { |
10214 int tabcount = 0; | |
10215 tabpage_T *tp; | |
10216 int tabwidth; | |
10217 int col = 0; | |
673 | 10218 int scol = 0; |
667 | 10219 int attr; |
10220 win_T *wp; | |
671 | 10221 win_T *cwp; |
10222 int wincount; | |
10223 int modified; | |
667 | 10224 int c; |
10225 int len; | |
10226 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); | |
10227 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); | |
10228 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); | |
673 | 10229 char_u *p; |
677 | 10230 int room; |
10231 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 | |
10232 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
10233 && !gui.in_use | |
10234 #endif | |
10235 ); | |
673 | 10236 |
10237 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
667 | 10238 |
685 | 10239 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
798 | 10240 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ |
685 | 10241 if (gui_use_tabline()) |
10242 { | |
10243 gui_update_tabline(); | |
10244 return; | |
10245 } | |
10246 #endif | |
10247 | |
10248 if (tabline_height() < 1) | |
667 | 10249 return; |
10250 | |
677 | 10251 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
681 | 10252 |
10253 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ | |
10254 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) | |
10255 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; | |
10256 | |
677 | 10257 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ |
10258 if (*p_tal != NUL) | |
10259 { | |
680 | 10260 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
10261 | |
10262 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the | |
10263 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ | |
10264 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
677 | 10265 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); |
680 | 10266 if (called_emsg) |
10267 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, | |
694 | 10268 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
680 | 10269 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
10270 } | |
10271 else | |
10272 #endif | |
10273 { | |
10274 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
10275 ++tabcount; | |
10276 | |
10277 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; | |
10278 if (tabwidth < 6) | |
10279 tabwidth = 6; | |
10280 | |
10281 attr = attr_nosel; | |
10282 tabcount = 0; | |
681 | 10283 scol = 0; |
699 | 10284 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; |
10285 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
680 | 10286 { |
10287 scol = col; | |
10288 | |
10289 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) | |
10290 attr = attr_sel; | |
10291 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) | |
10292 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); | |
10293 | |
10294 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) | |
10295 attr = attr_nosel; | |
10296 | |
10297 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
10298 | |
10299 if (tp == curtab) | |
10300 { | |
10301 cwp = curwin; | |
10302 wp = firstwin; | |
10303 } | |
10304 else | |
10305 { | |
10306 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; | |
10307 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; | |
10308 } | |
10309 | |
10310 modified = FALSE; | |
10311 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
10312 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
10313 modified = TRUE; | |
10314 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
10315 { | |
10316 if (wincount > 1) | |
10317 { | |
10318 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); | |
835 | 10319 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
699 | 10320 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) |
10321 break; | |
680 | 10322 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, |
677 | 10323 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) |
6106 | 10324 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) |
677 | 10325 #else |
6106 | 10326 attr |
680 | 10327 #endif |
10328 ); | |
10329 col += len; | |
10330 } | |
10331 if (modified) | |
10332 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); | |
10333 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
10334 } | |
10335 | |
10336 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; | |
10337 if (room > 0) | |
10338 { | |
685 | 10339 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ |
10340 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); | |
819 | 10341 shorten_dir(NameBuff); |
680 | 10342 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); |
10343 p = NameBuff; | |
677 | 10344 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
680 | 10345 if (has_mbyte) |
10346 while (len > room) | |
10347 { | |
10348 len -= ptr2cells(p); | |
10349 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
10350 } | |
10351 else | |
10352 #endif | |
10353 if (len > room) | |
677 | 10354 { |
680 | 10355 p += len - room; |
10356 len = room; | |
677 | 10357 } |
699 | 10358 if (len > Columns - col - 1) |
10359 len = Columns - col - 1; | |
680 | 10360 |
835 | 10361 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); |
680 | 10362 col += len; |
10363 } | |
10364 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
10365 | |
10366 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that | |
10367 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ | |
10368 ++tabcount; | |
10369 while (scol < col) | |
10370 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; | |
10371 } | |
10372 | |
10373 if (use_sep_chars) | |
10374 c = '_'; | |
10375 else | |
10376 c = ' '; | |
10377 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); | |
681 | 10378 |
10379 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ | |
10380 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
10381 { | |
10382 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); | |
10383 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; | |
10384 } | |
10385 } | |
834 | 10386 |
10387 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be | |
10388 * set. */ | |
10389 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
667 | 10390 } |
685 | 10391 |
10392 /* | |
10393 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. | |
10394 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. | |
10395 */ | |
10396 void | |
10397 get_trans_bufname(buf) | |
10398 buf_T *buf; | |
10399 { | |
10400 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) | |
3839 | 10401 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); |
685 | 10402 else |
10403 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); | |
10404 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
10405 } | |
667 | 10406 #endif |
10407 | |
7 | 10408 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
10409 /* | |
10410 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
10411 */ | |
10412 static int | |
10413 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) | |
10414 int *attr; | |
10415 int is_curwin; | |
10416 { | |
10417 int fill; | |
10418 if (is_curwin) | |
10419 { | |
10420 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); | |
10421 fill = fill_stl; | |
10422 } | |
10423 else | |
10424 { | |
10425 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); | |
10426 fill = fill_stlnc; | |
10427 } | |
10428 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current | |
10429 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the | |
10430 * current window */ | |
10431 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) | |
10432 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) | |
10433 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) | |
10434 return fill; | |
10435 if (is_curwin) | |
10436 return '^'; | |
10437 return '='; | |
10438 } | |
10439 #endif | |
10440 | |
10441 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
10442 /* | |
10443 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. | |
10444 * Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
10445 */ | |
10446 static int | |
10447 fillchar_vsep(attr) | |
10448 int *attr; | |
10449 { | |
10450 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); | |
10451 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') | |
10452 return '|'; | |
10453 else | |
10454 return fill_vert; | |
10455 } | |
10456 #endif | |
10457 | |
10458 /* | |
10459 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. | |
10460 */ | |
10461 int | |
10462 redrawing() | |
10463 { | |
10464 return (!RedrawingDisabled | |
10465 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); | |
10466 } | |
10467 | |
10468 /* | |
10469 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. | |
10470 */ | |
10471 int | |
10472 messaging() | |
10473 { | |
10474 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); | |
10475 } | |
10476 | |
10477 /* | |
10478 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places | |
10479 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. | |
10480 */ | |
10481 void | |
10482 showruler(always) | |
10483 int always; | |
10484 { | |
10485 if (!always && !redrawing()) | |
10486 return; | |
574 | 10487 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
10488 if (pum_visible()) | |
10489 { | |
639 | 10490 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
574 | 10491 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ |
10492 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
639 | 10493 # endif |
574 | 10494 return; |
10495 } | |
10496 #endif | |
7 | 10497 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
40 | 10498 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) |
680 | 10499 { |
1983 | 10500 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); |
680 | 10501 } |
7 | 10502 else |
10503 #endif | |
10504 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
10505 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); | |
10506 #endif | |
10507 | |
10508 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
10509 if (need_maketitle | |
10510 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
10511 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) | |
10512 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) | |
10513 # endif | |
10514 ) | |
10515 maketitle(); | |
10516 #endif | |
1588 | 10517 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
10518 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
10519 if (redraw_tabline) | |
10520 draw_tabline(); | |
10521 #endif | |
7 | 10522 } |
10523 | |
10524 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
10525 static void | |
10526 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) | |
10527 win_T *wp; | |
10528 int always; | |
10529 { | |
1869 | 10530 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 |
10531 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; | |
7 | 10532 int row; |
10533 int fillchar; | |
10534 int attr; | |
10535 int empty_line = FALSE; | |
10536 colnr_T virtcol; | |
10537 int i; | |
1869 | 10538 size_t len; |
7 | 10539 int o; |
10540 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
10541 int this_ru_col; | |
10542 int off = 0; | |
10543 int width = Columns; | |
10544 # define WITH_OFF(x) x | |
10545 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x | |
10546 #else | |
10547 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 | |
10548 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns | |
10549 # define this_ru_col ru_col | |
10550 #endif | |
10551 | |
10552 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ | |
10553 if (!p_ru) | |
10554 return; | |
10555 | |
10556 /* | |
10557 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called | |
10558 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. | |
10559 */ | |
10560 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
10561 return; | |
10562 | |
10563 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
10564 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite | |
10565 * the (long) mode message. */ | |
10566 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
10567 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
10568 # endif | |
10569 if (edit_submode != NULL) | |
10570 return; | |
540 | 10571 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ |
10572 if (pum_visible()) | |
10573 return; | |
7 | 10574 #endif |
10575 | |
10576 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
10577 if (*p_ruf) | |
10578 { | |
680 | 10579 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
10580 | |
10581 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
7 | 10582 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); |
680 | 10583 if (called_emsg) |
10584 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, | |
694 | 10585 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
680 | 10586 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
7 | 10587 return; |
10588 } | |
10589 #endif | |
10590 | |
10591 /* | |
10592 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). | |
10593 */ | |
10594 if (!(State & INSERT) | |
10595 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) | |
10596 empty_line = TRUE; | |
10597 | |
10598 /* | |
10599 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. | |
10600 */ | |
10601 validate_virtcol_win(wp); | |
10602 if ( redraw_cmdline | |
10603 || always | |
10604 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum | |
10605 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col | |
10606 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol | |
10607 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
10608 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd | |
10609 #endif | |
10610 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline | |
10611 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count | |
10612 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
10613 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill | |
10614 #endif | |
10615 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) | |
10616 { | |
10617 cursor_off(); | |
10618 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
10619 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
10620 { | |
10621 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
10622 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
10623 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
10624 off = W_WINCOL(wp); | |
10625 width = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
10626 # endif | |
10627 } | |
10628 else | |
10629 #endif | |
10630 { | |
10631 row = Rows - 1; | |
10632 fillchar = ' '; | |
10633 attr = 0; | |
10634 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
10635 width = Columns; | |
10636 off = 0; | |
10637 #endif | |
10638 } | |
10639 | |
10640 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ | |
10641 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
10642 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) | |
10643 { | |
10644 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
10645 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); | |
10646 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; | |
10647 } | |
10648 | |
10649 /* | |
10650 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. | |
10651 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. | |
10652 */ | |
1869 | 10653 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", |
7 | 10654 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) |
10655 ? 0L | |
10656 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); | |
1869 | 10657 len = STRLEN(buffer); |
10658 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, | |
7 | 10659 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, |
10660 (int)virtcol + 1); | |
10661 | |
10662 /* | |
10663 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. | |
10664 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the | |
10665 * screen up on some terminals). | |
10666 */ | |
10667 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); | |
1869 | 10668 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); |
7 | 10669 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); |
10670 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
10671 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ | |
10672 #endif | |
10673 ++o; | |
10674 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
10675 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); | |
10676 if (this_ru_col < 0) | |
10677 this_ru_col = 0; | |
10678 #endif | |
10679 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other | |
10680 * half for the filename. */ | |
10681 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) | |
10682 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; | |
10683 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
10684 { | |
6466 | 10685 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ |
10686 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width) && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) | |
7 | 10687 { |
10688 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
10689 if (has_mbyte) | |
10690 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); | |
10691 else | |
10692 #endif | |
10693 buffer[i++] = fillchar; | |
10694 ++o; | |
10695 } | |
1869 | 10696 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); |
7 | 10697 } |
10698 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ | |
10699 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
10700 if (has_mbyte) | |
10701 { | |
10702 o = 0; | |
474 | 10703 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) |
7 | 10704 { |
10705 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); | |
10706 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
10707 { | |
10708 buffer[i] = NUL; | |
10709 break; | |
10710 } | |
10711 } | |
10712 } | |
10713 else | |
10714 #endif | |
10715 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
10716 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; | |
10717 | |
10718 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); | |
10719 i = redraw_cmdline; | |
10720 screen_fill(row, row + 1, | |
10721 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), | |
10722 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), | |
10723 fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
10724 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ | |
10725 redraw_cmdline = i; | |
10726 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
10727 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
10728 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; | |
10729 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
10730 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
10731 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
10732 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
10733 #endif | |
10734 } | |
10735 } | |
10736 #endif | |
13 | 10737 |
10738 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) | |
10739 /* | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10740 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10741 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. |
13 | 10742 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. |
10743 */ | |
10744 int | |
10745 number_width(wp) | |
10746 win_T *wp; | |
10747 { | |
10748 int n; | |
10749 linenr_T lnum; | |
10750 | |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10751 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10752 /* cursor line shows "0" */ |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10753 lnum = wp->w_height; |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10754 else |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10755 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10756 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10757 |
6679 | 10758 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) |
13 | 10759 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; |
10760 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; | |
10761 | |
10762 n = 0; | |
10763 do | |
10764 { | |
856 | 10765 lnum /= 10; |
10766 ++n; | |
13 | 10767 } while (lnum > 0); |
10768 | |
10769 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ | |
10770 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) | |
10771 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; | |
10772 | |
10773 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; | |
6679 | 10774 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; |
13 | 10775 return n; |
10776 } | |
10777 #endif | |
3986 | 10778 |
10779 /* | |
10780 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the | |
10781 * screen. First column is 0. | |
10782 */ | |
10783 int | |
10784 screen_screencol() | |
10785 { | |
10786 return screen_cur_col; | |
10787 } | |
10788 | |
10789 /* | |
10790 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. | |
10791 * First row is 0. | |
10792 */ | |
10793 int | |
10794 screen_screenrow() | |
10795 { | |
10796 return screen_cur_row; | |
10797 } |